HS-3512W - Cash register Posiflex - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL HS-3512W Posiflex

2D Barcode for HS/EK/TK/JK/HK Series (SE4107 Scanner Engine) Advanced Manual

Version: A0

REVISION HISTORY

Date	Version	Description
2021/07/27	A0	For preliminary release

CONTENTS

REVISION HISTORY .... 3

CONTENTS ....i

CHAPTER 1: GETTING STARTED ...... - 15 -

1.1 Introduction ...... - 15 -
1.2 Block Diagram ...... - 15 -
1.3 Theory of Operation ...... - 16 -
1.4 Application Processor....- 16 -
1.5 Power Management....- 16 -

USB (SNAPI, USB HID Keyboard, Etc.)....- 16 -

SSI or RS-232.... - 17 -

1.6 Interfaces ...... - 17 -
Default Power Mode ...... - 17 -
1.7 Beeper and Decode LED Signals from the SE4107....- 18 -
1.8 Supported Symbologies....- 19 -
1.9 Operating Modes....- 21 -

CHAPTER 2: 123SCAN AND SOFTWARE TOOLS....- 22 -

2.1 Introduction ......- 22 -
2.2 123Scan - 22 -
2.3 Communication with 123Scan - 23 -
2.4 123Scan Requirements - 23 -
2.5 123Scan Information ……錯誤！尚未定義書籤。
2.6 Decoder SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos....- 23 -

CHAPTER 3: USER PREFERENCES & MISCELLANEOUS OPTIONS...... - 25 -

3.1 Introduction ...... - 25 -
3.2 Changing Default Values ...... - 25 -

3.3 User Preferences/Miscellaneous Options Parameter Defaults ....- 26 -
3.4 Standard User Preferences....- 28 -

Default Parameters ...... - 28 -

Write to Custom Defaults.... - 28 -

Parameter Bar Code Scanning.... - 29 -

Lock/Unlock Parameter Scanning.... - 29 -

User Parameter Pass Through.... - 31 -

Beep After Good Decode.... - 32 -

Beep on ....- 32 -

Beeper Volume.... - 33 -

Beep Tone....- 33 -

Beeper Duration - 34 -

Suppress Power Up Beeps.... - 34 -

Decode LED Behavior ...... - 35 -

Direct Decode Indicator.... - 35 -

Low Power Mode.... - 36 -

Time Delay to Low Power Mode - 37 -

Trigger Mode....- 38 -

Decode Aiming Pattern ...... - 39 -

Picklist Mode - 40 -

Continuous Barcode Read - 41 -

Unique Barcode Reporting .... - 41 -

Decode Session Timeout - 42 -

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol.... - 42 -

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols ...... - 43 -

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol ...... - 43 -

Low Light Motion Detection Assist.... - 44 -

Presentation Mode Field of View.... - 45 -

POSIFLEX

Scene Detect Sensitivity ...... - 45 -

Mirrored Image ...... - 46 -

Validate Concatenated Parameter Barcodes ...... - 46 -

Mobile Phone/Display Mode.... - 47 -

PDF Prioritization.... - 48 -

PDF Prioritization Timeout ...... - 48 -

Motion Tolerance - 49 -

3.5 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters ...... - 49 -

Enter Key - 49 -

Tab Key ...... - 50 -

Transmit Code ID Character ...... - 50 -

Prefix/Suffix Values.... - 51 -

Scan Data Transmission Format ...... - 52 -

FN1 Substitution Values ...... - 53 -

Transmit "No Read" Message ...... - 54 -

3.6 Send Versions....- 54 -

Report Version.... - 54 -

Report Scan Engine Manufacturing Information ...... - 55 -

CHAPTER 4: IMAGER PREFERENCES.... - 56 -

4.1 Introduction....- 56 -

4.2 Setting Parameters....- 56 -

4.3 Image Capture Preferences Parameter Defaults ...... - 57 -

4.4 Image Capture Preferences....- 58 -

Operational Modes....- 58 -

Aim Brightness.... - 59 -

Illumination Brightness.... - 60 -

LED Illumination.... - 60 -

Decoding Autoexposure - 61 -

POSIFLEX

Decoding Illumination ...... - 62 -

Image Capture Autoexposure ...... - 62 -

Image Capture Illumination.... - 63 -

Fixed Gain - 64 -

Fixed Exposure.... - 64 -

Analog Gain - 65 -

Snapshot Mode Timeout....- 66 -

Snapshot Aiming Pattern.... - 67 -

Silence Operational Mode Changes - 67 -

Image Cropping ...... - 68 -

Crop to Pixel Addresses.... - 68 -

Image Size (Number of Pixels).... - 69 -

Image Brightness (Target White).... - 70 -

JPEG Image Options.... - 71 -

JPEG Quality Value....-71 -

JPEG Size Value....- 72 -

Image File Meta Data ...... - 72 -

Image Enhancement.... - 73 -

Image File Format Selector.... - 74 -

Image Rotation.... - 74 -

Bits Per Pixel - 75 -

Signature Capture....- 76 -

Signature Capture File Format Selector ...... - 77 -

Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel - 77 -

Signature Capture Width.... - 78 -

Signature Capture Height ...... - 78 -

Signature Capture JPEG Quality - 79 -

Video Mode Format Selector - 79 -

POSIFLEX

Video View Finder ...... - 79 -

Target Video Frame Size.... - 80 -

Video View Finder Image Size ....- 80 -

Video Subsampling....- 81 -

CHAPTER 5: USB INTERFACE - 82 -

5.1 Introduction ...... - 82 -

5.2 Setting Parameters....- 82 -

5.3 USB Parameter Defaults....- 82 -

USB Host Parameters ...... - 84 -

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking.... - 86 -

USB Keystroke Delay - 87 -

USB Caps Lock Override.... - 87 -

Barcodes with Unknown Characters....- 88 -

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39....-88 -

USB Fast HID....-89 -

USB Polling Interval ...... - 89 -

USB Remote Wakeup ...... - 90 -

Keypad Emulation.... - 91 -

Quick Keypad Emulation.... - 92 -

Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero....- 92 -

USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution....- 92 -

Simulated Caps Lock.... - 93 -

Convert Case....- 94 -

USB Static CDC....- 94 -

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive.... - 95 -

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive.... - 95 -

TGCS (IBM) USB Specification Version ...... - 96 -

ASCII Character Sets ...... - 96 -

CHAPTER 6: SSI INTERFACE ...... - 97 -

6.1 Introduction ...... - 97 -

6.2 Communication ....- 97 -

SSI Commands - 97 -

6.3 SSI Transactions....- 99 -

General Data Transactions ...... - 99 -

Decoded Data Transmission....- 99 -

6.4 Communication Summary....- 101 -

RTS/CTS Lines - 101 -

ACK/NAK Option....- 101 -

Number of Data Bits.... - 101 -

Serial Response Timeout .... - 101 -

Retries....- 102 -

Baud Rate, Stop Bits, Parity, Response Timeout, ACK/NAK Handshaking ...... - 102 -

Errors....-102 -

SSI Communication Notes ...... - 102 -

6.5 Using Time Delay to Low Power Mode with SSI....- 102 -

6.6 Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI....- 103 -

Command Structure ...... - 103 -

Response Structure ...... - 104 -

Example Transaction ...... - 104 -

6.7 Setting Parameters ...... - 105 -

6.8 Simple Serial Interface Parameter Defaults....- 106 -

6.9 SSI Host Parameters....- 107 -

Select SSI Host - 107 -

Baud Rate - 107 -

Parity....- 108 -

POSIFLEX

Check Parity ...... - 109 -

Stop Bits.... - 109 -

Software Handshaking.... - 110 -

Host RTS Line State....- 111 -

Decode Data Packet Format.... - 111 -

Host Serial Response Timeout.... - 112 -

Host Character Timeout ...... - 112 -

Multipacket Option ...... - 113 -

Interpacket Delay - 114 -

6.10 Event Reporting....- 115 -

Decode Event...... - 115 -

Boot Up Event.... - 116 -

Parameter Event...... - 116 -

CHAPTER 7: SERIAL INTERFACE - 118 -

7.1 Introduction ...... - 118 -

7.2 Serial Parameter Defaults....- 118 -

7.3 Serial Host Parameter....- 119 -

Serial Host Types ...... - 121 -

Baud Rate - 123 -

Parity....- 124 -

Stop Bits.... - 125 -

Data Bits ...... - 125 -

Check Receive Errors ...... - 125 -

Hardware Handshaking....- 126 -

Software Handshaking.... - 128 -

Host Serial Response Time-out.... - 129 -

RTS Line State - 130 -

Beep on ...... - 130 -

POSIFLEX

Intercharacter Delay.... - 131 -

Nixdorf Beep/LED Options.... - 132 -

Ignore Unknown Characters.... - 132 -

ASCII Character Set for Serial Hosts.... - 133 -

CHAPTER 8:OCR PROGRAMMING....-137-

8.1 Introduction ...... - 137 -

8.2 Setting Parameters....- 137 -

8.3 OCR Parameter Defaults ....- 137 -

8.4 OCR Programming Parameters ...... - 139 -

OCR-A....- 139 -

OCR-A Variant.... - 139 -

OCR-B....-140 -

OCR-B Variant.... - 141 -

MICR E13B - 144 -

US Currency Serial Number ...... - 145 -

OCR Orientation ...... - 145 -

OCR Lines.... - 146 -

OCR Minimum Characters.... - 147 -

OCR Maximum Characters ...... - 147 -

OCR Subset - 148 -

OCR Quiet Zone - 148 -

OCR Template.... - 149 -

OCR Check Digit Modulus.... - 158 -

OCR Check Digit Multiplier ...... - 159 -

OCR Check Digit Validation.... - 160 -

InverseOCR -165-

OCR Redundancy - 165 -

CHAPTER 9: SYMBOLOGIES.... - 167 -

9.1 Introduction ...... - 167 -
9.2 Setting Parameters....- 167 -
9.3 Symbology Parameter Defaults....- 167 -
9.4 Enable/Disable All Code Types ...... - 173 -
9.5 UPC/EAN/JAN - 173 -

UPC-A....- 173 -

UPC-E - 174 -

UPC-E1 - 174 -

EAN-8/JAN-8.... - 174 -

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit.... - 175 -

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone - 190 -

9.6 Code 128....- 190 -

Code 128....- 190 -

Set Lengths for Code 128...... - 191 -

GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128).... - 192 -

ISBT 128 - 192 -

ISBT Concatenation ....- 193 -

Check ISBT Table.... - 194 -

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy - 194 -

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone.... - 196 -

9.7 Code 39....-197 -

Code 39....-197-

Trioptic Code 39 ...... - 197 -

Convert Code 39 to Code 32....- 198 -

Code 32 Prefix....- 198 -

Set Lengths for Code 39.... - 199 -

Code 39 Check Digit Verification ...... - 200 -

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit ...... - 201 -

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion.... - 201 -

Code 39 Security Level.... - 202 -

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone....-203-

9.8 Code 93....-203 -

Code 93....-203-

POSIFLEX

Set Lengths for Code 93.... - 204 -

9.9 Code 11....-205 -

Code 11.... - 205 -

Set Lengths for Code 11.... - 206 -

Code 11 Check Digit Verification.... - 207 -

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits.... - 208 -

9.10 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)....- 208 -

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) - 208 -

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 ...... - 209 -

12 of 5 Check Digit Verification ...... - 210 -

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit.... - 211 -

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13.... - 211 -

Febraban.... - 212 -

12 of 5 Security Level.... - 212 -

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone - 214 -

9.11 Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) - 214 -

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)....- 214 -

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 ...... - 215 -

9.12 Codabar (NW - 7)....- 216 -

Codabar (NW - 7)....- 216 -

Set Lengths for Codabar - 217 -

CLSI Editing ...... - 218 -

NOTIS Editing.... - 218 -

Codabar Security Level ...... - 219 -

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters.... - 220 -

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification ...... - 220 -

Transmit Codabar Check Digit.... - 221 -

9.13 MSI....- 221 -

POSIFLEX

MSI....-221-

Set Lengths for MSI.... - 222 -

MSI Check Digits - 223 -

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s).... - 224 -

MSI Check Digit Algorithm.... - 224 -

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone.... - 225 -

9.14 Chinese 2 of 5....- 225 -

Chinese 2 of 5 - 225 -

9.15 Matrix 2 of 5....- 226 -

Matrix 2 of 5 - 226 -

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 ...... - 226 -

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ...... - 228 -

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit....- 228 -

9.16 Korean 3 of 5....-229 -

Korean 3 of 5 - 229 -

9.17 Inverse 1D ...... - 229 -

Inverse 1D.... - 229 -

9.18 GS1 DataBar....- 230 -

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1

DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional - 230 -

GS1 DataBar Limited.... - 231 -

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ...... - 231 -

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN.... - 232 -

GS1 DataBar Security Level ...... - 232 -

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check.... - 233 -

9.19 Symbology-Specific Security Features ...... - 234 -

Redundancy Level.... - 234 -

Security Level.... - 235 -

1D Quiet Zone Level ...... - 237 -

POSIFLEX

Intercharacter Gap Size - 238 -

9.20 Composite....- 238 -

Composite CC-C....- 238 -

Composite CC-A/B - 239 -

Composite TLC-39.... - 239 -

Composite Inverse.... - 239 -

UPC Composite Mode - 240 -

Composite Beep Mode - 241 -

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes.... - 241 -

9.21 2D Symbologies ...... - 242 -

PDF417....-242-

MicroPDF417 - 242 -

Code 128 Emulation ...... - 243 -

Data Matrix.... - 244 -

GS1 Data Matrix - 244 -

Data Matrix Inverse.... - 244 -

Decode Data Matrix Mirror Images.... - 245 -

Maxicode - 246 -

QR Code....- 246 -

GS1 QR....-247-

MicroQR.... - 247 -

Linked QR Mode - 247 -

Aztec - 248 -

Aztec Inverse - 249 -

Han Xin ...... - 249 -

Han Xin Inverse.... - 250 -

Grid Matrix - 250 -

Grid Matrix Inverse.... - 251 -

POSIFLEX

Grid Matrix Mirror....- 251 -

9.22 Macro PDF Features....- 252 -

Macro PDF User Indications ...... - 252 -

Macro PDF Transmit / Decode Mode Symbols ...... - 253 -

Transmit Macro PDF Control Header ...... - 254 -

Escape Characters ...... - 255 -

Flush Macro Buffer - 256 -

Abort Macro PDF Entry.... - 256 -

9.23 Postal Codes ...... - 256 -

US Postnet ...... - 256 -

US Planet - 257 -

Transmit US Postal Check Digit.... - 257 -

UK Postal.... - 257 -

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit - 258 -

Japan Postal....-258-

Australia Post.... - 259 -

Australia Post Format....- 259 -

Netherlands KIX Code.... - 260 -

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail.... - 261 -

UPU FICS Postal - 261 -

Mailmark....- 261 -

CHAPTER 10: INTELLIGENT DOCUMENT CAPTURE....-263 -

10.1 Introduction....-263-

10.2 The IDC Process....- 263 -

Barcode Acceptance Test - 263 -

Capture Region Determination - 264 -

Image Post Processing.... - 265 -

Data Transmission - 265 -

POSIFLEX

10.3 PC Application and Programming Support....- 266 -

10.4 Setting Parameters....- 266 -

Image Document Capture Parameter Defaults.... - 266 -

10.5 IDC Operating Mode....- 268 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_MODE.... - 268 -

10.6 IDC Symbology....- 269 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_SYMBOLOGY - 269 -

10.7 IDC X Coordinate ....- 269 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_X.... - 269 -

10.8 IDC Y Coordinate ....- 270 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_Y - 270 -

10.9 IDC Width ...... - 270 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_WIDTH.... - 270 -

10.10 IDC Height - 271 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_HEIGHT.... - 271 -

10.11 IDC Aspect....- 271 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_ASPECT.... - 271 -

10.12 IDC File Format Selector ....- 272 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_FMT.... - 272 -

10.13 IDC Bits Per Pixel ....- 273 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_BPP.... - 273 -

10.14 IDC JPEG Quality - 273 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_JPEG_Qual....- 273 -

10.15 IDC Find Box Outline ...... - 274 -

Parameter Name: Sig_FINDBOX....-274 -

10.16 IDC Minimum Text Length....- 274 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_MIN_TEXT ....- 274 -

10.17 IDC Maximum Text Length....- 275 -

POSIFLEX

Parameter Name: DocCap_MAX_TEXT - 275 -

10.18 IDC Captured Image Brighten....- 275 -

Parameter Name: Sig_BRIGHTEN.... - 275 -

10.19 IDC Captured Image Sharpen - 276 -

Parameter Name: Sig_SHARPEN - 276 -

10.20 IDC Border Type....- 276 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_BORDER - 276 -

10.21 IDC Delay Time ...... - 277 -

Parameter Name: DocCap_DELAY.... - 277 -

10.22 IDC Zoom Limit....- 278 -

Parameter Name: Sig_MIN_PERCENT - 278 -

10.23 IDC Maximum Rotation....- 278 -

Parameter Name: Sig_MAX_ROT - 278 -

10.24 Quick Start....- 279 -

Sample IDC Setup - 279 -

10.25 IDC Demonstrations....- 280 -

Anchored Mode Demo ...... - 280 -

Free-Form Mode Demo.... - 281 -

Linked Mode Demo - 281 -

Other Suggestions ...... - 281 -

CHAPTER 11: DATA FORMATTING: ADP, MDF, PREFERRED SYMBOL...... - 282 -

11.1 Introduction ...... - 282 -

11.2 Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)....- 282 -

11.3 Multicode Data Formatting (Hand-held Mode Only)....- 282 -

Programming a Decoder.... - 282 -

11.4 Preferred Symbol....- 283 -

CHAPTER 12: STANDARD PARAMETER DEFAULTS....- 283 -

CHAPTER 13: COUNTRY CODES....-296 -

13.1 Introduction ...... - 296 -
13.2 USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)....- 296 -

CHAPTER 14: COUNTRY CODE PAGES ...... - 309 -

14.1 Introduction ...... - 309 -
14.2 Country Code Page Defaults ...... - 309 -
14.3 Country Code Page Barcodes....- 312 -

CHAPTER 15: CJK DECODE CONTROL....- 320 -

15.1 Introduction ...... - 320 -
15.2 CJK Control Parameters....- 320 -

Unicode Output Control ...... - 320 -
CJK Output Method to Windows Host ....- 321 -
Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output....- 322 -

15.3 Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host ....- 324 -

Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output...... - 324 -
Adding CJK IME on Windows.... - 324 -
Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host .... - 325 -
Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host.... - 325 -

CHAPTER 16: PROGRAMMING REFERENCE....- 326 -

16.1 Symbol Code Identifiers....- 326 -
16.2 AIM Code Identifiers ...... - 327 -

CHAPTER 17: SAMPLE BARCODES....-332 -

17.1 UPC/EAN....-332 -

UPC-A, 100%....- 332 -
UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on.... - 332 -

POSIFLEX

UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on.... - 332 -

UPC-E - 332 -

UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on....-333-

UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on.... - 333 -

EAN-8....-333-

EAN-13, 100% - 333 -

EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on.... - 333 -

EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on.... - 334 -

17.2 Code 128....-334 -

GS1-128 - 334 -

17.3 Code 39....- 334 -

17.4 Code 93....- 335 -

17.5 Code 11 with 2 Check Digits....- 335 -

17.6 Interleaved 2 of 5....-335 -

17.7 MSI with 2 Check Digits....- 335 -

17.8 Chinese 2 of 5....-336 -

17.9 Matrix 2 of 5....-336 -

17.10 Korean 3 of 5....- 336 -

17.11 GS1 DataBar....- 336 -

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14).... - 336 -

GS1 DataBar Truncated - 337 -

GS1 DataBar Stacked - 337 -

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional.... - 337 -

GS1 DataBar Limited....- 337 -

GS1 DataBar Expanded....- 338 -

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ...... - 338 -

17.12 2D Symbologies ...... - 338 -

PDF417....- 338 -

POSIFLEX

Data Matrix.... - 338 -

GS1 Data Matrix ...... - 339 -

Maxicode - 339 -

QR Code....- 339 -

GS1 QR....- 339 -

MicroQR....- 340 -

Aztec - 340 -

Grid Matrix - 340 -

Han Xin ...... - 341 -

17.13 Postal Codes ...... - 341 -

US Postnet ...... - 341 -

UK Postal....- 341 -

Japan Postal....- 341 -

Australian Post....- 341 -

Date of Manufacture.... - 371 -

Date of First Programming - 372 -

Configuration Filename - 372 -

Beeper/LED....- 372 -

Parameter Defaults - 373 -

Parameter Buffer....- 374 -

Beep on Next Bootup - 374 -

Reboot - 374 -

Host Trigger Session - 374 -

Firmware Version ...... - 375 -

POSIFLEX

Device Class - 375 -

Scankit Version ...... - 375 -

Combined Firmware Version.... - 375 -

RSM Version ...... - 376 -

Top Level Release Name.... - 376 -

Imagekit Version.... - 376 -

DL Parser Version ...... - 376 -

DL Parser Activated - 377 -

ScanSpeed Analytics - 377 -

POSIFLEX

CHAPTER 1: GETTING STARTED

1.1 Introduction

The SE4107 is a decoded scan engine with either a serial interface (SE4107-LS00R) or a USB interface (SE4107-LU00R). A 12-pin ZIF connector on the SE4107 allows connection of the engine and the host device via a flex (customer-provided 12-pin flat 0.5 mm pitch, any length, or p/n 50-16000-134R). The SE4107 has the same image sensor, aim and illumination LEDs, and optical system as the SE4100 undecoded engine. The engine host connector is Amphenol 10051922-1210ELF.

The SE4107 decoded engine is an imager engine optimized for barcode reading. The SE4107 includes an LED aiming system and an LED illumination system.

The SE4107 architecture is composed of an ARM core and related subsystems. The SE4107 includes asynchronous serial (the standard Simple Serial Interface/SSI command set) and SNAPI (Symbol Native API) interfaces, as well as a variety of USB and RS-232 host interfaces.

SE4107 architecture includes:

▶ Application Processor, 800 MHz

➤ 64 Mbyte RAM

32 Mbyte Quad SPI Flash.

System peripherals include:

One UART (RS-232) channel: SSI support for compatibility with existing devices and applications (SE4107-LS00R)

USB 2.0 Full Speed port for image and barcode data transfers (SE4107-LU00R).

This integration guide describes the decoder theory of operation, installation, specifications, and configuration.

1.2 Block Diagram

Figure 1 provides a block diagram for the decoder.

Figure 1 SE4107 Decoded Engine Block Diagram

graph TD
    A["12 Pins"] -->|HOST_5V HOST_3.3V| B["ASIC 8 x 8mm"]
    B -->|HOST Tx/Rx/CTS/RTS USB OPDN| C["Discrete Power Supply"]
    C -->|3.3V 1.8V 1.2V 1.1V| D["Discrete Power Supply"]
    D -->|PWM CONTROL Enable| E["Engine Power Load Switch"]
    E -->|I2C_SENS_SCL I2C_SENS_SDA| F["Image Sensor"]
    B -->|IOPOs| G["12 Pins"]
    B --> H["LED Driver"]
    H -->|XI AL SYS_CONFIG| I["24MHz XTAL"]
    H --> J["SYS_CONFIG"]
    H --> K["Aim (Green)"]
    H --> L["Illum (White)"]
    B --> M["Engine Power Load Switch"]
    M --> N["VENG_VCC VENG_ILLUM"]
    B --> O["MIPI"]

1.3 Theory of Operation

During image capture:

The image sensor array in the imager engine captures an image of the barcode through the engine's optical lens. If necessary, the engine automatically adjusts illumination, exposure, and other parameters to obtain the best quality image.
The image sensor sends the image to the decoder ASIC.
The decoder processes the image to identify the target barcode(s), decodes them, and transmits the decoded data to the host.

Set various parameters provided in this guide to adjust the performance of the imager engine to match the application or desired usage profile.

1.4 Application Processor

The digital system is built on an application processor. The major features of the core are:

➢ CPU clock speed up to 800 MHz
➤ 64 Mbyte RAM.

1.5 Power Management

The SE4107 has various power management options depending on the host interface.

USB (SNAPI, USB HID Keyboard, Etc.)

The SE4107 automatically manages its power usage, including USB suspend mode. Additionally, when drawing power from the USB-Bus, the SE4107 does not exceed the USB limit of 500 mA (see Interfaces).

Note: The SE4107 does not use Low Power mode when connected to a USB-based host.

SSI or RS-232

When using SSI or any RS-232 host interface, set the SE4107 to use one of the following power modes:

Continuous Power: The SE4107 is fully awake and running, even when not in a decode session.
Low Power (default): The SE4107 draws less current at idle than when in Continuous Power mode, and is more suitable for battery-powered applications.

Table 1-1 Methods of Placing the SE4107 into Low Power Mode

Action	Behavior
Set the Power Mode parameter to Low Power (seeLow Power Mode)	The SE4107 enters Low Power mode automatically whenever possible.
Send the SLEEP command (seeTable 6-1)	The SE4107 enters Low Power mode only once, as soon as possible.
Note: All Wake Up signals (seeTable 1-2) must be inactive to enter Low Power mode.

In Low Power mode the SE4107 reduces its current draw whenever possible, and must be awakened before performing any functions. Any of the following conditions wake the device.

Table 1-2 Waking Up the SE4107

Signal	State to Wake Up	Comment
HOST_AIM_WAKE*	Low
HOST_TRIGGER*	Low
HOST_CTS	Low	Applies to SSI host only.

When the SE4107 is awakened, it remains awake for 1 second (or for another value set via the Time Delay to Low Power Mode) before re-entering Low Power mode.

1.6 Interfaces

The SE4107-LU00R has a USB2.0 Full Speed interface. The SE4107-LS00R has a four-wire serial interface.

Default Power Mode

The default power mode for all engines when connected to a SE4107 decoded engine is Bus-Powered USB Mode (<500mA).

If operating in Self-Powered USB Mode (>500mA) or RS-232 Mode with

VCC_ILLUM = 3.3V, configure the SE4107 for one of these modes using config 0 and config 1 signals in order to achieve expected illumination brightness.

Important: When using Bus-Powered USB mode, it is best to power the SE4107 with 5.0V on the HOST_5.0V pins, either via the micro USB connector, or by the 30 pin host connector, and to not also power the HOST_3P3 pins with 3.3V.

1.7 Beeper and Decode LED Signals from the SE4107

The BEEPER_OUT and HOST_DEC_LED* output lines provide user feedback but do not provide enough current drive for the actual beeper and LED device. Additional buffering is required.

The SE4107 beeper output ranges from 2.024 KHz to 2.694 KHz. The beeper output is a 50% duty cycle square wave at maximum volume, 12.5% at low volume.

If using a non-inverting driver to buffer the HOST_DEC_LED* line, connect the output of the driver to the cathode (-) end of the LED.

Table 1-3 User Interface Indications

Description	Indication		SSI Event
	Beeper	Decode LED
Trigger pull	No sound	No light	TRIGGER_PULLED
No decode			NODECODE_MSG
Wakeup			WAKEUP
Video is off	N/A	N/A	VIDEO_OFF
Video is on	No Sound	Light	VIDEO_ON
Decode	Middle Tone	Flash of light	DECODE
Snapshot started	Low Tone	Blinking	SNAPSHOT_START
Snapshot is complete	Low Tone	No light	SNAPSHOT_COMPLETE
Bootup	Low Tone, Middle Tone, High Tone	No light	BOOTUP
Transmission error	Four Low Tones	No light	TRANSMIT_ERROR
Entry error	Low Tone, High Tone	Flash of light	ENTRY_ERROR
Defaults set	High Tone, Low Tone, High Tone, Low Tone	Flash of light	DEFAULTS_SET
Parameter entered			PARAM_ENPECTED
Number entry expected	High Tone, Low Tone	Flash of light	NUMBER_EXPECTED

1.8 Supported Symbologies

Table 1-4 lists the barcode types that are supported and can be individually enabled or disabled.

Table 1-4 Supported Symbologies

Symbology	Variants
1D Symbologies
Code 39	Standard
	Full ASCII
	Code 32 / Italian Pharmacode
	Trioptic
Code 128	Standard
	EAN-128
	ISBT-128
Codabar	Standard
	Ames
Code 11	Standard
	Matrix 2 of 5
	Chinese Matrix 2 of 5
UPC/EAN	UPCA (W/WO supplemental)
	UPCE (W/WO supplemental)
	UPCE1 (W/WO supplemental)
	EAN-8 (W/WO supplemental)
	EAN-13 (W/WO supplemental)
	JAN-8 (W/WO supplemental)
	JAN-13 (W/WO supplemental)
	Bookland/ISBN
	ISSN
	Coupon Code
2 of 5	Interleaved 2 of 5
	Discrete 2 of 5
	IATA
Databar	Omnidirectional
	Limited
	Expanded
	Databar Coupon
Code 93	N/A
MSI	N/A
UK Plessy	N/A
Telepen	N/A
2D Symbologies
Postal Codes	Australia Post
	Japan Postal
	Canada Postal
	Netherlands KIX Code
	US Planet
	USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail
	UPU FICS Postal
	Mailmark
	French Lottery
	Posti4S
	Korean 3 of 5
PDF	Standard
	Macro PDF
Micro PDF	Standard
	Macro Micro PDF
1D + 2D Symbologies
Composite	CC-A
	CC-B
	CC-C
TLC-39	N/A
Matrix Symbologies
Aztec	Standard
	Aztec Rune
Data Matrix	ECC 000-140
	ECC 200
	GS1 Data Matrix
QR	Standard
	Micro QR
	GS1 QR
Maxicode	N/A
Han Xin	N/A
Grid Matrix	N/A
OCR Symbologies
OCR	OCRA
	OCRB (Incl Passport, Travel Doc and Visa)
	MICR
	US Currency Serial Number

1.9 Operating Modes

The SE4107 supports the following operating modes. See Operating Modes for the barcodes to change between modes.

➢ Decode (default mode) - for decoding a barcode, and for document capture when enabled
▶ Snapshot - for capturing an image
Snapshot with Viewfinder Mode - provides a video of the subject until a snapshot of the image is captured.
➢ Video - provides a video of the subject.

CHAPTER 2: 123SCAN AND SOFTWARE

TOOLS

2.1 Introduction

This chapter briefly describes the software tools available for customizing decoder operation.

2.2 123Scan

123Scan is a software tool that simplifies decoder setup and more.

Intuitive enough for first time users, the 123Scan wizard guides users through a streamlined setup process. Settings are saved in a configuration file that can be printed as a single programming barcode for scanning, emailed to a smart phone for scanning from its screen, or downloaded to the decoder using a USB cable.

Through 123Scan a user can:

Configure a decoder using a wizard.

- Program the following decoder settings.

■ Speaker tone / volume settings.
■ Enable / disable symbologies.
- Communication settings.

- Modify data before transmission to a host using:

■ Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) - Scan one barcode per trigger pull.
- Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) - Scan many barcodes in one trigger pull (select decoders).
- Preferred Symbol - Single out one barcode on label of many (select decoders).

➢ Load parameter settings to a decoder via the following.

- Barcode scanning.

• Scan a paper barcode.
• Scan a barcode from a PC screen.
• Scan a barcode from a smart phone screen.

- Download over a USB cable.

• Load settings to one decoder.
• Stage up to 10 decoders simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port).

➢ Validate decoder setup.

• View scanned data within the utility's Data view screen.
• Capture an image and save to a PC within the utility's Data view screen.
- Review settings using the Parameter Report.
- Clone settings from an already deployed decoder from the Start screen.

▶ Upgrade decoder firmware.

• Load settings to one decoder.
• Stage up to 10 decoders simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port).

▶ View statistics such as:

• Asset tracking information.
  • Time and usage information.
• Barcodes scanned by symbology.
• Battery diagnostics (select decoders).

➢ Generate the following reports.

• Barcode Report - Programming barcode, included parameter settings, and supported decoder models.
  • Parameter Report - Parameters programmed within a configuration file.
• Inventory Report - decoder asset tracking information.
• Validation Report - Scanned data from the Data view.
  • Statistics Report - All statistics retrieved from the decoder.

2.3 Communication with 123Scan

Use a USB cable to connect the decoder to a Windows host computer running 123Scan.

2.4 123Scan Requirements

➢ Host computer running Windows 7, 8, and 10
▶ Decoder
▶ USB cable.

2.5 Decoder SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos

Tackle all your decoder programming needs with our diversified set of software tools.

Whether you need to simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset management, these tools help you every step of the way.

To download any of the following free tools, please contact the service team of

Posiflex.

➢ 123Scan configuration utility
SDKs

• Scanner SDK for Windows
• Scanner SDK for Linux

▶ Drivers

• OPOS driver
• JPOS driver
• USB CDC driver

➢ Scanner Management Service (SMS) for Remote Management

- Windows

▶ How-To-Videos

CHAPTER 3: USER PREFERENCES &

MISCELLANEOUS OPTIONS

3.1 Introduction

This chapter describes each user preference feature and provides the programming barcodes necessary for selecting these features.

The default serial host is SSI and the default USB host is SNAPI with Imaging, as these host types provide more flexibility during integration when configuring the unit via host command.

Selecting other host configurations require scanning barcode menus and are not available via host programming. These hosts do not support host triggering, and require a method to trigger the reader for initial configuration. Use caution when selecting one of these hosts. Be sure to consider how setting up via barcode menu, which includes providing a triggering method, can impact integration. See each host chapter for configuration options for each host type.

3.2 Changing Default Values

The decoder ships with the settings shown in the Table 3-1 (also see Standard

Parameter Defaults for all host and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

There are two ways to change a parameter value:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory.
For SSI and USB SNAPI hosts, send a “parameter send” command from the host system. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying barcodes. See the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameter values using this method.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

If not using the default host, select the host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, see Default Parameters. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks indicate (*) default values.

* Indicates default *Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

3.3 User Preferences/Miscellaneous Options Parameter

Defaults

Table 3-1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.

Configure the engine using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

Note: See Standard parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 3-1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter	Parameter Number ^1	SSI Number ^2	Default
User Preferences
Set Default Parameter	N/A	N/A	Restore Defaults
Parameter Bar Code Scanning	236	ECh	Enable
Lock Parameter Scanning	802	F2h 22h	Disable
Unlock Parameter Scanning	803	F2h 23h	Disable
User Parameter Pass Through	625	F1h 71h	Disable
Beep After Good Decode	56	38h	Enable
Beep on	150	96h	Enable
Beep Volume	140	8Ch	High
Beep Tone	145	91h	Medium
Beep Duration	628	F1h 74h	Medium
Suppress Power Up Beeps	721	F1h D1h	Do Not Suppress
Decode LED Behavior	744	F1h E8h	Enable
Direct Decode Indicator	859	F2h 5Bh	Disable
Low Power Mode	128	80h	Enable
Time Delay to Low Power Mode	146	92h	1 Second
Trigger Mode	138	8Ah	Standard (Level)
Decode Aiming Pattern	306	F0h 32h	Enable
Picklist Mode	402	F0h 92h	Disable Picklist Mode Always
Continuous Barcode Read	649	F1h 89h	Disable
Unique Barcode Reporting	723	F1h D3h	Disable
Decode Session Timeout	136	88h	9.9 Seconds
Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol	137	89h	0.6 Seconds
Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols	144	90h	0.2 Seconds
Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol	724	F1h D4h	Disable
Low Light Motion Detection Assist	810	F2h 2Ah	Disable
Presentation Mode Field of View	609	F1h 61h	Medium Field of View
Scene Detect Sensitivity	1943	F8h 97h	Medium
Mirrored Image	624	F1h 70h	Disable
Mobile Phone/Display Mode	716	F1h CCh	Disable
Validate Concatenated Parameter Barcodes	692	F1h B4h	Disable
PDF Prioritization	719	F1h CFh	Disable
PDF Prioritization Timeout	720	F1h D0h	200 ms
Motion Tolerance	858	F2h 5Ah	Less Motion Tolerance
Miscellaneous Options
Enter Key	N/A	N/A	N/A
Tab Key	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transmit Code ID Character	45	2Dh	None
Prefix Value	99, 105	63h, 69h	7013
Suffix 1 Value	98, 104	62h, 68h	7013
Suffix 2 Value	100, 106	64h, 6Ah
Scan Data Transmission Format	235	EBh	Data As Is
FN1 Substitution Values	103, 109	67h, 6Dh	7013
Transmit “No Read” Message	94	5E	Disable
Send Versions
Report Version	N/A	N/A	N/A
Report Scan Engine Manufacturing Information	N/A	N/A	N/A
Note1: Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. Note2: SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

3.4 Standard User Preferences

Default Parameters

Scan one of the following bar codes to reset the engine to its default settings as follows:

Restore Defaults resets all default parameters as follows:

• If you configured custom default parameter values via the Write to Custom Defaults bar code, scanning the Restore Defaults bar code restores these custom values.
• If you did not configure custom default parameter values, scanning the Restore Defaults bar code restores the factory default values. See Standard Parameter Defaults for these values.

Set Factory Default clear all custom default values and sets the factory default values. See Standard Parameter Defaults for these values.

Write to Custom Defaults

To create a set of custom defaults, select the desired parameter values in this guide, and then scan Write to Custom Defaults.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Restore Defaults

Default Barcode Settings

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Write to Custom Defaults

Parameter Bar Code Scanning

Parameter #236

SSI # ECh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to enable or disable the decoding of parameter bar codes, including the Set Defaults bar codes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small white dot at the bottom right corner.

*Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Disable Parameter Bar Code Scanning (0)

Lock/Unlock Parameter Scanning

Lock:

Parameter #802

SSI # F2h 22h

Unlock:

Parameter # 803

SSI # F2h 23h

This feature locks parameter settings with a 4-digit code to prevent the user from changing parameter values by scanning parameter barcodes. This provides an added level of security not offered via Disable Parameter Scanning.

After locking parameter settings, the only parameter barcode that is accepted is Unlock with the correct code.

Note: Parameter Bar Code Scanning must be enabled in order to scan the Lock parameter barcode. Once parameter scanning is locked, scanning the Enable or Disable Parameter Scanning barcode results in a parameter error beep.

To lock parameter scanning:

1. Scan the Lock barcode.
2. Scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that represent the desired code. Enter leading zeros for numbers below 1000, e.g., to program a code of 29, enter 0, 0, 2, 9. A "lock" beep sounds (two long high beeps) in addition to the parameter entry beep. To unlock parameter scanning:
3. Scan the Unlock barcode.
4. Scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that represent the correct code. An "unlock" beep sounds (two long low beeps) in addition to the parameter entry beep. Entering an incorrect code results in a parameter error beep.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

Lock

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Unlock

Locking/Unlocking via the Host Interface

Parameter scanning can also be locked or unlocked using a host interface such as SSI or USB SNAPI. To lock parameter scanning using the host interface, store a 4-digit code within the range of 1-9999 in the Lock parameter. Values outside this range are

ignored. To unlock parameter scanning, store this code in the Unlock parameter. To persist the lock/unlock status through a power cycle, make this parameter value permanent.

Note: Parameter values can be changed via host interface commands even when parameter scanning is locked.

User Parameter Pass Through

Parameter # 625

SSI # F1h 71h

Enable this to send user-defined parameter barcodes (see User-Defined Parameter Barcode Format) as normal decode data in decode data packets for SSI and SNAPI hosts (see Decode Data Format).

User-Defined Parameter Barcode Format

Code 128 barcodes with:

<FNC3><L><data> 

or

<FNC3><B><12 bytes of data> 

Decode Data Format

<0xf3><L><data> 

or

<0xf3><B><12 bytes of data> 

Note that the B type only works with 12 bytes of data.

A normal decode beep sounds upon a successful decode of a user-defined parameter barcode.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Enable User Parameter Pass Through
(01h)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable User Parameter Pass Through
(00h)

Beep After Good Decode

Parameter # 56

SSI # 38h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not the decoder beeps after a good decode. If you select Do Not Beep After Good Decode, the speaker still operates during parameter menu scanning and to indicate error conditions.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Enable Beep After Good Decode (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable Beep After Good Decode (0)

Beep on

Parameter # 150

SSI # 96h

Note: This parameter only applies to USB CDC Host.

When this parameter is enabled, the imager issues a beep when it detects a character. indicates an illegal entry or other important event.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Beep on Character (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Do Not Beep on Character (Disable) (0)

Beeper Volume

Parameter # 140

SSI # 8Ch

Scan one of the following bar codes to select a beeper volume.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Low Volume (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Medium Volume (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*High Volume (0)

Beep Tone

Parameter # 145

SSI # 91h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a beep tone for audible feedback indicating a good decode. Scan Disable Beep Tone to disable all tones.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable Beep Tone (3)

Standard Beep Tones

Black and white barcode image with vertical bars of varying lengths

Low Beep Tone (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Medium Beep Tone (1)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

High Beep Tone (0)

Beeper Duration

Parameter # 628

SSI # F1h 74h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the duration for the good decode beep.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Short Duration (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Medium Duration (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Long Duration (2)

Suppress Power Up Beeps

Parameter # 721

SSI # F1h D1h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not to suppress the engine's power-up beeps.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the distribution of a machine named 'box'.

*Do Not Suppress Power Up Beeps (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Suppress Power Up Beeps (1)

Decode LED Behavior

Parameter # 744

SSI # F1h E8h

Select one of the following options to control decode LED behavior with respect to low power mode for serial hosts:

Enable Decode LED- the decode LED remains on until the scanner enters Low Power Mode. This allows the scanner to enter Low Power Mode quickly, but also have the decode LED light.
➢ Disable Decode LED - shuts off the decode LED completely.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Decode LED (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Disable Decode LED (00h)

Direct Decode Indicator

Parameter # 859

SSI # F2h 5Bh

This parameter is only supported in Auto Aim and Standard (Level) Trigger Mode. Scan one of the following barcodes to select optional blinking of the illumination on a successful decode if you continue to hold the trigger. If you release the trigger upon decode, the blinking does not occur. This allows you to choose additional feedback for a successful decode by holding the trigger, or to continue to scan as normal.

*Disable Direct Decode Indicator - Illumination does not blink on a successful decode.
➢ 1 Blink - Illumination blinks once upon a successful decode.
2 Blinks - Illumination blinks twice upon a successful decode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Direct Decode Indicator (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

1 Blink (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

2 Blinks (2)

Low Power Mode

Parameter # 128

SSI # 80h

Note: The Low Power Mode parameter only applies for serial host interfaces, and when Trigger Mode is set to Level (Standard).

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not the engine enters low power mode after a decode attempt or host communication. This only applies to serial connections. If disabled, power remains on after each decode attempt.

If you enable this, see Time Delay to Low Power Mode to set the inactivity time period.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Low Power Mode (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Disable Low Power Mode (0)

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Parameter # 146

SSI # 92h

Note: This parameter only applies when Low Power Mode is enabled.

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the time the decoder remains active before entering low power mode. The decoder wakes upon trigger press or when the host attempts to communicate with the decoder.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

*1 Second (17)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

10 Seconds (26)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

1 Minute (33)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

5 Minutes (37)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

15 Minutes (43)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

30 Minutes (45)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

45 Minutes (46)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

1 Hour (49)

Trigger Mode

Parameter # 138

SSI # 8Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a trigger mode for the engine:

Standard (Level) – A trigger press activates decode processing. Decode processing continues until the bar code decodes, you release the trigger, or the Decode Session Timeout occurs.
Presentation (Blink) - The decoder activates decode processing when it detects a barcode in its field of view. After a period of non-use, the LEDs turn off until the decoder senses motion.
Host - A host command issues the decode signal. The decoder interprets an actual trigger pull as a Level triggering option.
➢ Auto Aim - The decoder projects the aiming pattern when the decoder senses motion. A trigger press activates decode processing. After a period of inactivity the aiming pattern shuts off.
Auto Aim with Illumination - The decoder projects the aiming pattern and internal illumination LEDs when the decoder senses motion. A trigger pull activates decode processing. After 2 seconds of inactivity the aiming pattern and internal illumination LEDs automatically shut off.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

*Standard (Level) (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Presentation (Blink) (7)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Host (8)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Auto Aim (9)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Auto Aim with Illumination (10)

Decode Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 306

SSI # F0h 32h

Note: With Picklist Mode enabled, the decode aiming pattern flashes even if you disable the Decode Aiming Pattern.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select when to project the aiming pattern in hand-held mode:

➢ Enable Decode Aiming Pattern - This projects the aiming pattern during barcode capture.
➢ Disable Decode Aiming Pattern - This turns the aiming pattern off.
Enable Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF - This projects the aiming pattern when the decoder detects a PDF barcode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

*Enable Decode Aiming Pattern (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Disable Decode Aiming Pattern (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Enable Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF (3)

Picklist Mode

Parameter # 402

SSI # F0h 92h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select an enable or disable Picklist Mode. In this mode, you can pick out and decode a barcode from a group of barcodes that are printed close together by placing the aiming pattern on the barcode you want to decode.

Note: Enabling Picklist Mode overrides the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern options. You cannot disable the decode aiming pattern when Picklist Mode is enabled.

Enabling Picklist Mode can slow decode speed and hinder the ability to decode longer barcodes.

➢ Enable Picklist Mode Always – Picklist Mode is always enabled.
➢ Disable Picklist Mode Always – Picklist Mode is always disabled.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Picklist Mode Always (2)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

*Disable Picklist Mode Always (0)

Continuous Barcode Read

Parameter # 649

SSI # F1h 89h

Scan Enable Continuous Bar Code Read to report every barcode while the trigger is pressed.

Note: We strongly recommend enabling Picklist Mode with this parameter. Disabling Picklist Mode can cause accidental decodes when more than one bar code is in the engine's field of view.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Enable Continuous Barcode Read (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Continuous Barcode Read (0)

Unique Barcode Reporting

Parameter # 723

SSI # F1h D3h

Scan Enable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness to report only unique barcodes while the trigger is pressed. This option only applies when Continuous Barcode Read is enabled.

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols

Enable Unique Barcode Reporting (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*Disable Unique Barcode Reporting (0)

Decode Session Timeout

Parameter # 136

SSI # 88h

This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The default timeout is 9.9 seconds.

To set a Decode Session Timeout, scan the following barcode, and then scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired on time. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. For example, to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0.5 seconds, scan this barcode, and then scan the 0 and 5 barcodes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Decode Session Timeout

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Parameter # 137

SSI # 89h

Use this option in presentation mode or Continuous Barcode Read mode to prevent the decoder from continuously decoding the same barcode when it is left in the decoder's field of view. The barcode must be out of the field of view for the timeout period before the decoder reads the same consecutive symbol. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.0 to 9.9 seconds. The default interval is 0.6 seconds. To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol, scan the following barcode, and then scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

Parameter # 144

SSI # 90h

Use this option in presentation mode or Continuous Barcode Read to control the time the decoder waits before decoding a different symbol. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.1 to 9.9 seconds. The default is 0.2 seconds.

To select the timeout between decodes for different symbols, scan the following barcode, and then scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments.

Note: Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols cannot be greater than or equal to the Decode Session Timeout.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

Parameter # 724

SSI # F1h D4h

Note: This feature does not apply to Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols.

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol cannot be greater than or equal to the Time Delay to Low Power Mode.

Scan Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol below to apply Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol (parameter #137) in hand-held trigger mode. Subsequent scans of Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol are ignored until Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol expires.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol (0)

Low Light Motion Detection Assist

Parameter # 810

SSI # F2h 2Ah

In Presentation Mode, this feature allows motion detection in dim to dark illumination environments by using the aiming dot or dim illumination to assist in the detection of motion by providing a low light source.

Note: If this parameter is enabled and Decoding Illumination is disabled, this parameter takes precedence.

The decoder does not support Aiming Dot for Low Light Motion Detection Assist for any scan engines with a laser aimer.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Low Light Motion Detection Assist (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Enable Aiming Dot for Low Light Motion Detection Assist (01h)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Dim Illumination for Low Light Motion Detection Assist (02h)

Presentation Mode Field of View

Parameter # 609

SSI # F1h 61h

In Presentation Mode, the decoder searches for a barcode in the region around the aiming pattern's center.

To search for a barcode in a smaller region around the aiming pattern in order to speed search time, select Small Field of View, or to search a larger area, select Full Field of View.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Small Field of View (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Medium Field of View (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Full Field of View (02h)

Scene Detect Sensitivity

Parameter # 1943

SSI # F8h 97h

This parameter sets the illumination range sensitivity when motion is detected.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Low (10)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical lines representing data points in the matrix.

*Medium (128)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

High (190)

Mirrored Image

Parameter # 624

SSI # F1h 70h

Enable this to scan images in reverse, or mirrored, as if seen through a mirror. This mode is useful in applications requiring scanning through a mirror and using symbologies that do not decode in reverse.

Enabling this mode when using snapshot, video, or video viewfinder mode transmits images as mirrored images.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable Mirrored Image (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Mirrored Image (01h)

Validate Concatenated Parameter Barcodes

Parameter # 692

SSI # F1h B4h

The decoder can encounter invalid parameters when using concatenated parameter barcodes intended for different scanner models or different versions of a scanner. This parameter determines how to process concatenated parameter barcodes when the decoder encounters an invalid parameter setting in the barcode.

Disable this to ignore invalid parameters and configure valid parameters. Enable this to ignore all parameters if one or more are invalid.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Validate Concatenated Parameter Barcodes (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Enable Validate Concatenated Parameter Barcodes (01h)

Mobile Phone/Display Mode

Parameter # 716

SSI # F1h CCh

This mode improves barcode reading performance off mobile phones and electronic displays. Scan one of the following barcodes to select the desired mode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Mobile Phone/Display Mode (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Mobile Phone/Display Mode (3)

PDF Prioritization

Parameter # 719

SSI # F1h CFh

Scan Enable PDF Prioritization to delay decoding certain 1D barcodes (see Note below) by the value specified in PDF Prioritization Timeout. During that time the decoder attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol (e.g., on a US driver's license), and if successful, reports this only. If it does not decode (cannot find) a PDF417 symbol, it reports the 1D symbol after the timeout. The 1D symbol must be in the device's field of view for the decoder to report it. This parameter does not affect decoding other symbologies.

Note: The 1D Code 128 bar code lengths include the following:

• 7 to 10 characters
  • 14 to 22 characters
  • 27 to 28 characters

In addition, a Code 39 barcode with the following lengths are considered to potentially be part of a US driver's license:

• 8 characters
  • 12 characters

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable PDF Prioritization (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Disable PDF Prioritization (0)

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Parameter # 720

SSI # F1h D0h

If you enabled PDF Prioritization, set this timeout to indicate how long the decoder attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol before reporting the 1D barcode in the field of view.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that specify the timeout in milliseconds. For example, to enter 400 ms, scan the following

barcode, and then scan 0400. The range is 0 to 5000 ms, and the default is 200 ms.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Motion Tolerance

Parameter # 858

SSI # F2h 5Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a motion tolerance option:

➢ Less Motion Tolerance - This provides optimal decoding performance on 1D barcodes.
➢ More Motion Tolerance - This increases motion tolerance and speeds decoding when scanning a series of 1D barcodes in rapid progression.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Less Motion Tolerance (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

More Motion Tolerance (1)

3.5 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters

Enter Key

Scan the following barcode to add an Enter key (carriage return/line feed) after scanned data. To program other prefixes and/or suffixes, see Prefix/Suffix Values.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Add Enter Key (Carriage Return/Line Feed)

Tab Key

Scan the following barcode to add a Tab key after scanned data.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Tab Key

Transmit Code ID Character

Parameter # 45

SSI # 2Dh

A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned barcode. This is useful when decoding more than one code type. In addition to any single character prefix selected, the Code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol.

Select no Code ID character, a Symbol Code ID character, or an AIM Code ID character. For Code ID characters, see Symbol Code Characters and Aim Code Characters.

Note: If you enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character, and enable Transmit "No Read" Message, the decoder appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Symbol Code ID Character (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

AIM Code ID Character (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*None (0)

Prefix/Suffix Values

Key Category Parameter # P = 99, S1 = 98, S2 = 100

SSI # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2 = 64h

Decimal Value Parameter # P = 105, S1 = 104, S2 = 106

SSI # P = 69h, S1 = 68h, S2 = 6Ah

Note: To use Prefix/Suffix values, first set the Scan Data Transmission Format.

You can append a prefix and/or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing. To set a value for a prefix or suffix, scan one of the following barcodes, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to that value. See ASCII Character Sets for the four-digit codes.

When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix, set the key category parameter to 1, and then set the 3-digit decimal value. See ASCII Character Sets for the four-digit codes.

The default prefix and suffix value is 7013 (Enter key). To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

Scan Prefix (7)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Scan Suffix 1 (6)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

Scan Suffix 2 (8)

Data Format Cancel

Scan Data Transmission Format

Parameter # 235

SSI # EBh

Note: If using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix.

To change the scan data format, scan one of the following barcodes corresponding to the desired format. To set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix Values.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Data As Is (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

(1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

(2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

(3)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

(4)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

(5)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

(6)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

(7)

FN1 Substitution Values

Key Category Parameter # 103

Key Category SSI # 67h

Decimal Value Parameter # 109

Decimal Value SSI # 6Dh

Keyboard wedge and USB HID keyboard hosts support a FN1 substitution feature.

Enabling this substitutes any FN1 character (0x1b) in an EAN128 barcode with a value. This value defaults to 7013 (Enter key).

When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value, set the key category parameter to 1, and then set the 3-digit keystroke value. See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the desired value.

To select a FN1 substitution value via barcode menus:

1. Scan the following barcode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Set FN1 Substitution Value

1. Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface, and enter the 4-digit ASCII value by scanning four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes.

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

To enable FN1 substitution for USB HID keyboard, scan Enable USB Keyboard

FN1 Substitution. To enable FN1 substitution for keyboard wedge, scan USB

Keyboard FN1 Substitution.

Transmit "No Read" Message

Parameter # 94

SSI # 5Eh

Scan one of the following barcodes to set an option for transmitting the No Read (NR) characters:

Note: If you enable Transmit No Read, and also enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character for Transmit Code ID Character, the decoder appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message.

Note: This does not apply in presentation mode.

Enable No Read - This transmits the characters NR when a successful decode does not occur before trigger release or the Decode Session Timeout expires. See Decode Session Timeout.
➢ Disable No Read - This sends nothing to the host if a symbol does not decode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Enable No Read (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

*Disable No Read (0)

3.6 Send Versions

Report Version

Scan the barcode below to report the version of software currently installed in the decoder.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Report Software Version

Report Scan Engine Manufacturing Information

Scan the barcode below to report the part number, serial number, and manufacture date of the decoder.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Report Scan Engine Manufacturing Information

CHAPTER 4: IMAGER PREFERENCES

4.1 Introduction

You can program the engine to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes image capture preference features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features.

Note: Only the Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging interface supports image capture. See USB Device Type to enable this host.

The imager ships with the settings shown in Table 4-1 (also see Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

4.2 Setting Parameters

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the engine powers down.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

To return all features to default values, scan the Set Factory Defaults. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default *Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

4.3 Image Capture Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 4-1 lists defaults for image capture preference parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.
Configure the engine using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

Note: See Standard parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 4-1 Image Capture Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter	Parameter Number ^1	SSI Number ^2	Default
Image Capture Preferences
Operational Modes	N/A	N/A	N/A
Aim Brightness	668	F1h 9Ch	2 (High)
Illumination Brightness	669	F1h 9Dh	10
LED Illumination	429	F0h ADh	Internal LED Illumination
Decoding Autoexposure	297	F0h 29h	Enable
Decoding Illumination	298	F0h 2Ah	Enable
Image Capture Autoexposure	360	F0h 68h	Enable
Image Capture Illumination	361	F0h 69h	Enable
Fixed Gain	568	F1h 38h	50
Fixed Exposure	567	F4h F1h 37h	100 (10 ms)
Analog Gain	1232	F4h D0h	Analog Gain x 2
Snapshot Mode Timeout	323	F0h 43h	0 (30 seconds)
Snapshot Aiming Pattern	300	F0h 2Ch	Enable
Silence Operational Mode Changes	1293	F8h 05h 0Dh	Disable (do not silence)
Image Cropping	301	F0h 2Dh	Disable
Crop to Pixel Addresses	315	F4h F0h 3Bh	0 top, 0 left, 959
	316	F4h F0h 3Ch	bottom, 1279
	317	F4h F0h 3Dh	right
	318	F4h F0h 3Eh
Image Size (Number of Pixels)	302	F0h 2Eh	Full
Image Brightness (Target White)	390	F0h 86h	180
JPEG Image Options	299	F0h 2Bh	Quality
JPEG Quality Value	305	F0h 31h	65
JPEG Size Value	561	F1h 31h	160 kB
Image File Meta Data	693	F1h B5h	Disable
Image Enhancement	564	F1h 34h	Low (1)
Image File Format Selection	304	F0h 30h	JPEG
Image Rotation	665	F1h 99h	0
Bits per Pixel (BPP)	303	F0h 2Fh	8 BPP
Signature Capture	93	5Dh	Disable
Signature Capture Image File Format Selection	313	F0h 39h	JPEG
Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP)	314	F0h 3Ah	8 BPP
Signature Capture Width	366	F4h F0h 6Eh	400
Signature Capture Height	367	F4h F0h 6Fh	100
Signature Capture JPEG Quality	421	F0h A5h	65
Video Mode Format Selector	916	F2h 94h	JPEG
Video View Finder	324	F0h 44h	Disable
Target Video Frame Size	328	F0h 48h	2200 bytes
Video View Finder Image Size	329	F0h 49h	1700 bytes
Video Subsampling	667	F1h 9Bh	1/4 resolution
Note ^1 : Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. Note ^2 : SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

4.4 Image Capture Preferences

The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics.

Operational Modes

The engine has three modes of operation:

➢ Decode Mode.
Snapshot Mode.
Video Mode

Decode Mode

By default, when you press the trigger the imager attempts to locate and decode enabled barcodes within its field of view. The imager remains in this mode until it decodes a barcode or you release the trigger.

Snapshot Mode

Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high-quality image and transmit it to the host. Scan the Snapshot Mode barcode to temporarily enter this mode. While in this mode the imager blinks the green LED at one-second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating (decode) mode.

In Snapshot Mode, the imager turns on its aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in the image. The next trigger press instructs the imager to capture a high quality image and transmit it to the host. A short time may pass (less than two seconds) between when the trigger is pressed and the image is captured as the imager adjusts to lighting conditions. Hold the imager steady until a single beep indicates that it captured the image.

If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period, the imager returns to Decode Mode. Use Snapshot Mode Timeout to adjust this timeout period. The default timeout period is 30 seconds.

To disable the aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode, see Snapshot Aiming Pattern.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Snapshot Mode

Video Mode

In this mode the imager behaves as a video camera as long as you press the trigger. Release the trigger to return to Decode Mode. Scan this barcode to temporarily enter Video Capture Mode.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

Video Mode

Aim Brightness

Parameter # 668

SSI # F1h 9Ch

This feature sets the brightness, or power of the aim pattern. There are three settings: low (0), medium (1), and high (2). The default is high.

To program the Aim Brightness, scan one of the following barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Aim Brightness - Low (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Aim Brightness - Medium (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

* Aim Brightness – High (02h)

Illumination Brightness

Parameter # 669

SSI # F1h 9Dh

This feature sets the brightness of the illumination by altering LED power. The default is 10, which is maximum LED brightness. For values from 1 to 10, LED brightness varies from lowest to highest level of brightness.

To program Illumination Brightness, scan this barcode followed by two numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the value of desired illumination brightness. For example, to set Illumination Brightness to 6, scan the barcode below followed by the 0 and 6 barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Illumination Brightness

LED Illumination

Parameter # 429

SSI # F0h ADh

Note: In Presentation Mode, when the SE4107 enters low power mode, it uses the internal dim illumination state until motion is detected.

This parameter only applies for decoding if Decoding Illumination is enabled, or for image capture if Image Capture Illumination is enabled. Disabling Decoding

Illumination or Image Capture Illumination turns off all illumination for that mode, regardless of this LED Illumination setting.

Select the type of LED illumination to use:

Internal Illumination - use the engine's illumination.
External Illumination - assert the ILLUM_EN_OUT signal continuously during a decode session, and do not use the engine's illumination.
Internal and External Illumination - use the engine's illumination and assert the ILLUM_EN_OUT signal continuously during a decode session.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Internal Illumination (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

External Illumination (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Internal and External Illumination (02h)

Decoding Autoexposure

Parameter # 297

SSI # F0h 29h

Select Enable Decoding Autoexposure to allow the imager engine to control gain settings and exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for decode mode.

Select Disable Decoding Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time. See Fixed Gain, and Fixed Exposure.

It is recommended that this option only for advanced users with difficult decoding situations.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Decoding Autoexposure (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable Decoding Autoexposure (00h)

Decoding Illumination

Parameter # 298

SSI # F0h 2Ah

Selecting Enable Decoding Illumination causes the decoder to turn on illumination every image capture to aid decoding. Select Disable Decoding Illumination to prevent the decoder from using decoding illumination.

Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases.

Note: Changing this parameter while using Presentation Mode, with or without Motion Enhancement, is not recommended.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Enable Decoding Illumination (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable Decoding Illumination (00h)

Image Capture Autoexposure

Parameter # 360

SSI # F0h 68h

Select Enable Image Capture Autoexposure to allow the decoder to control gain

settings and exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for snapshot mode.

Select Disable Image Capture Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time. See Fixed Gain and Fixed Exposure.

It is recommended that this option only for advanced users with difficult image capture situations.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines

*Enable Image Capture Autoexposure (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Disable Image Capture Autoexposure (00h)

Image Capture Illumination

Parameter # 361

SSI # F0h 69h

Scan Enable Image Capture Illumination to turn on illumination during every image capture. This usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases.

Scan Disable Image Capture Illumination to prevent the engine from using illumination.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Image Capture Illumination (01h)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Disable Image Capture Illumination (00h)

Fixed Gain

Parameter # 568

SSI # F1h 38h

This parameter only applies when Decoding Autoexposure or Image Capture

Autoexposure is disabled. Gain is a means of amplifying the raw image data before it is converted into 8-bit gray scale values. Increasing the fixed gain increases brightness and contrast, but also increases noise (undesired electrical fluctuations in the image) which makes the image less attractive and/or harder to decode.

To set the fixed gain, scan the barcode below followed by 3 barcodes from Numeric Barcodes, in the range of 1 to 100, representing the value. The default is 50.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Fixed Gain

Fixed Exposure

Parameter # 567

SSI # F4h F1h 37h

Type: Word

Range: 5 to 30,000

This parameter only applies when Decoding Autoexposure or Image Image Capture Autoexposure is disabled. It configures the exposure for both Decode and Snapshot mode.

Each integer value represents 100~ s of exposure. The default value is 100 which results in an exposure setting of 10~ms .

Note: The maximum exposure time is based on the configured Frame Rate. For example, for a frame rate of 30 fps, the maximum exposure time allowed is 15 ms. Setting exposure time to a larger value than the frame rate allows sets the value to the maximum allowed exposure time. As exposure time lengthens, aim brightness decreases.

To set the exposure, scan the Fixed Exposure barcode, and then scan four numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99, scan 0, 0, 9, 9.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

Fixed Exposure (4 digits)

Analog Gain

Parameter # 1232

SSI # F4h D0h

If you disable Decoding Autoexposure or Image Capture Autoexposure for the listed engines above, you can modify the engine's analog gain using these parameters.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Analog Gain 1 (01h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Analog Gain 2 (02h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Analog Gain 3 (03h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Analog Gain 4 (04h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Analog Gain 5 (05h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Analog Gain 6 (06h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Analog Gain 7 (07h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Analog Gain 8 (08h)

Snapshot Mode Timeout

Parameter # 323

SSI # F0h 43h

This parameter sets the amount of time the imager remains in Snapshot Mode. The imager exits Snapshot Mode when you press the trigger, or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses. To set this timeout value, scan the Set Snapshot Mode Timeout barcode, and then scan a barcode from Numeric Barcodes. The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds; values increment by 30. For example, 0 = 30 seconds, 1 = 60 seconds, 2 = 90 seconds, etc. The maximum timeout value that can be set on the decoder is 9 = 300 seconds.

To quickly re-set the default timeout to 30 seconds, scan the 30 Seconds barcode. If you scan No Timeout, the imager remains in Snapshot Mode until you press the trigger.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Set Snapshot Mode Timeout

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*30 Seconds

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

No Timeout

Snapshot Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 300

SSI # F0h 2Ch

Scan Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode.

Note: When enabled, the aiming pattern frames the image for aiming purposes and does not appear in the captured image.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

*Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern (0)

Silence Operational Mode Changes

Parameter # 1293

SSI # F8h 05h 0Dh

Scan Silence Operational Mode Changes to silence the speaker when switching between operational modes (e.g., from Decode Mode to Snapshot Mode).

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Silence Operational Mode Changes
(Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Do Not Silence Operational Mode
Changes (Disable) (0)

Image Cropping

Parameter # 301

SSI # F0h 2Dh

Scan the Enable Image Cropping barcode to crop a captured image to the pixel addresses set in Crop to Pixel Addresses. Scan Disable Image Cropping to present the full image with no cropping.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable Image Cropping (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Image Cropping (Use Full Image, No Cropping) (0)

Crop to Pixel Addresses

Parameter # 315

SSI # F4h F0h 3Bh (Top)

Parameter # 316

SSI # F4h F0h 3Ch (Left)

Parameter # 317

SSI # F4h F0h 3Dh (Bottom)

Parameter # 318

SSI # F4h F0h 3Eh (Right)

Note: The imager has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels. Setting the cropping area to less than 4 pixels (after resolution adjustment, see Image Size (Number of Pixels) transfers the entire image.

If you enabled Image Cropping, set the pixel addresses based on the example below. Example

The pixel addresses from (0,0) to (1279 × 959) to crop. In this example, columns are numbered from 0 to 1279, rows from 0 to 959. Specify values for Top, Left, Bottom, and Right, where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses, and Left and Right correspond to column pixel addresses. For example, for a 4 row x 8 column

image in the extreme bottom-right section of the image, set the following values:

Top = 796, Bottom = 799, Left = 1272, Right = 1279

To set the pixel addresses, scan each of the following barcodes, and then scan four numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to crop the top pixel address to 3, scan 0, 0, 0, 3.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Top Pixel Address (Height - 1 Decimal)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Left Pixel Address (Width - 1 Decimal)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Bottom Pixel Address (Height - 1 Decimal)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Right Pixel Address (Width - 1 Decimal)

Image Size (Number of Pixels)

Parameter # 302

SSI # F0h 2Eh

This option alters image resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution.

Scan a barcode below to select an image size.

Table 4-2 shows one example. The 12 and 14 resolution scales based on the image size.

Table 4-2 Image Size Example

Resolution Value	Uncropped Image Size
Full	1280 x 960
1/2	640 x 480
1/4	320 x 240

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Full Resolution (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

1/2 Resolution (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

1/4 Resolution (3)

Image Brightness (Target White)

Parameter # 390

SSI # F0h 86h

Type: Byte

Range: 1 - 240

This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot mode when using autoexposure. White and black are defined as 240 decimal and 1, respectively. Setting the value to the factory default of 180 sets the white level of the image to \~180.

Scan the Image Brightness barcode, and then scan three numeric barcodes from

Numeric Barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*180

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

Image Brightness (3 digits)

JPEG Image Options

Parameter # 299

SSI # F0h 2Bh

Scan one of the following barcodes to optimize JPEG images for either size or quality:

JPEG Quality Selector - Enter a quality value via the JPEG Quality Value parameter; the imager then selects the corresponding image size.
JPEG Size Selector - Enter a size value via the JPEG Size Value parameter; the imager then selects the best image quality.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*JPEG Quality Selector (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

JPEG Size Selector (0)

JPEG Quality Value

Parameter # 305

SSI # F0h 31h

If you selected JPEG Quality Selector, scan the JPEG Quality Value barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value from 5 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an image quality value of 55, scan 0, 5, 5.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065) (5 - 100 Decimal)

JPEG Size Value

Parameter # 561

SSI # F1h 31h

Type: Word

Range: 5-350

If you selected JPEG Size Selector, scan the JPEG Size Value barcode, and then scan three numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes representing the target JPEG file size in kilobytes (KB). Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an image file size value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9.

CAUTION: JPEG compression may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target image. Scanning JPEG Quality Selector (default setting) produces a compressed image that is consistent in quality and compression time.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

JPEG Size Value (Default: 160) (3 digits)

Image File Meta Data

Parameter # 693

SSI # F1h B5h

Enable this option to tag images transmitted in JPEG format with the following EXIF

2.2 standard data fields:

▶ Time (since power up)

➢ Sensor used

▶ Device name

Manufacturer

Frame rate

Host type

➢ Image number (since power up)

➢ Image Enhancement parameter setting

➢ Image Edge Sharpness parameter setting

➢ Image Contract Enhancement parameter setting.

This parameter has no effect on images transmitted in TIFF or BMP format.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Image File Meta Data (01h)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Disable Image File Meta Data (00h)

Image Enhancement

Parameter # 564

SSI # F1h 34h

This parameter uses a combination of edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an image that is visually pleasing.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the level of image enhancement:

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Off (0)

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Low (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Medium (2)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

High (3)

Image File Format Selector

Parameter # 304

SSI # F0h 30h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select an image format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The imager stores captured images in the selected format.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

BMP File Format (3)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*JPEG File Format (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

TIFF File Format (04h)

Image Rotation

Parameter # 665

SSI # F1h 99h

Scan one of the following barcodes to rotate the image 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Rotate 0° (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Rotate 180° (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Rotate 90° (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Rotate 270° (3)

Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # 303

SSI # F0h 2Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image:

➢ 1 BPP - For a black and white image.
➢ 4 BPP - Assigns 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel.
➢ 8 BPP - Assigns 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel.

Note: The imager ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8

BPP. TIFF file formats only support 4 BPP and 8 BPP. Selecting 1 BPP for TIFF applies the 4 BPP option.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

1 BPP (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

4 BPP (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*8 BPP (2)

Signature Capture

Parameter # 93

SSI # 5Dh

A signature capture barcode is a special-purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area in a document with a machine-readable format. The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide an index to various signatures. The region inside the barcode pattern is considered the signature capture area. See

Signature Capture for more information.

Output File Format

Decoding a signature capture barcode de-skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP, JPEG, or TIFF file format. The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature image.

Table 4-3 Output File Format

File Descriptor			Signature Image
Out Format(1 byte)	Signature Type(1 byte)	Signature Image Size(4 bytes) (BIG Endian)
JPEG - 1BMP - 3TIFF - 4	1-8	0x00000400	0x00010203....

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Signature Capture.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Enable Signature Capture (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

*Disable Signature Capture (0)

Signature Capture File Format Selector

Parameter # 313

SSI # F0h 39h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a signature file format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The imager stores captured signatures in the selected format.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

BMP Signature Format (3)

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols

*JPEG Signature Format (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

TIFF Signature Format (4)

Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # 314

SSI # F0h 3Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing a signature:

➢ 1 BPP - For a black and white image.
➢ 4 BPP - Assigns 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel.
➢ 8 BPP - Assigns 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel.

Note: The imager ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

1 BPP (0)

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars on white background

4 BPP (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*8 BPP (2)

Signature Capture Width

Parameter # 366

SSI # F4h F0h 6Eh

The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match that of the signature capture area. For example, a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area requires a 4 to 1 aspect ratio of width to height.

To set the width of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Width barcode, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value in the range of 16 to 1280 decimal.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Signature Capture Width (Default: 400) (16 - 1280 Decimal)

Signature Capture Height

Parameter # 367

SSI # F4h F0h 6Fh

To set the height of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Height barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value in the range of 16 to 960 decimal.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Signature Capture Height (Default: 100) (16 - 960 Decimal)

Signature Capture JPEG Quality

Parameter # 421

SSI # F0h A5h

Scan the JPEG Quality Value barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value from 005 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065) (5 - 100 Decimal)

Video Mode Format Selector

Parameter # 916

SSI # F2h 94h

When the digital imager decoder is in Video Mode, select whether to send data in BMP or JPEG format.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

BMP File Format (3)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*JPEG File Format (1)

Video View Finder

Parameter # 324

SSI # F0h 44h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to project the video view finder while in Snapshot Mode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable Video View Finder (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Video View Finder (0)

Target Video Frame Size

Parameter # 328

SSI # F0h 48h

Select the number of 100-byte blocks to transmit per second. Selecting a smaller value transmits more frames per second but reduces video quality; selecting a larger value increases video quality but slows transmission.

To set the Target Video Frame Size, scan the barcode below followed by three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 20,000 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 0, 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 0, 9. The default is 2200 bytes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Target Video Frame Size

Video View Finder Image Size

Parameter # 329

SSI # F0h 49h

This parameter sets the number of 100-byte blocks. Values range from 800 to 12,000 bytes. A smaller value transmits more frames per second, while a larger value increases video quality.

Scan the Video View Finder Image Size barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 12,000 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 0, 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 0, 9. The default is 1700 bytes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Video View Finder Image Size

Video Subsampling

Parameter # 667

SSI # F1h 9Bh

This option alters video frame resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in smaller video frames containing the original content with reduced resolution.

Scan a barcode below to select the desired video subsampling.

Table 4-4 shows one example. The 12 and 14 resolution scales based on the image size.

Table 4-4 Video Subsampling Example

Resolution Value	Uncropped Image Size
Full	1280 x 960
1/2	640 x 480
1/4	320 x 240

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Full Resolution (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

1/2 Resolution (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*1/4 Resolution (3)

CHAPTER 5: USB INTERFACE

5.1 Introduction

This chapter describes how to set up the decoder with a USB host. The decoder connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub, which powers it. No additional power supply is required.

The decoder ships with the settings shown in Table 5-1 (also see Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

5.2 Setting Parameters

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the decoder powers down.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

To return all features to default values, scan Set Factory Defaults. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default *Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

5.3 USB Parameter Defaults

Table 5-1 lists defaults for USB host parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.
Configure the engine using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan

and Software Tools.

Note: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

See Country Codes for USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes).

Table 5-1 USB Interface Parameter Defaults

Parameter	Default
USB Host Parameters
USB Device Type	Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking	Enable
USB Keystroke Delay	No Delay
USB Caps Lock Override	Disable
Barcodes with Unknown Characters	Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters
USB Convert Unknown to Code 39	Disable
USB Fast HID	Enable
USB Polling Interval	8 msec.
USB Remote Wakeup	Disable
Keypad Emulation	Disable
Quick Keypad Emulation	Disable
Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero	Disable
USB FN1 Substitution	Disable
Function Key Mapping	Disable
Simulated Caps Lock	Disable
Convert Case	None
USB Static CDC	Enable
TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive	Ignore
TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive	Ignore
TGCS (IBM) USB Specification Version	Version 2.2

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the USB device type. To select a country keyboard type for the USB Keyboard HID host, see Country Codes.

Note: When changing USB Device Types, the decoder resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences.

Before selecting USB CDC Host, install the USB CDC Driver on the host to ensure the decoder does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). To recover a stalled decoder, first disconnect decoder from host. Install the CDC driver then reconnect the decoder.

When USB HID Keyboard Emulation or USB CDC Host is selected, and the Trigger Mode is set to Host, the decoder is in locked mode and no scanning is possible. The decoder exits this mode if the host sends the following commands to the decoder. The decoder's trigger mode can then be changed by the host.

For HID Keyboard Emulation send switch to SNAPI host command. Use the SDK C Sharp Sample Application or 123Scan to do this. See the 123Scan chapter for additional information.
For USB CDC Host, send the following two-byte sequences to the decoder. ESC is ASCII 27.

• Temporarily switch to SSI Over USB CDC: ESC s (lower case s or ASCII 115)
• Permanently switch to SSI Over USB CDC: ESC S (upper case S or ASCII 83)
• Temporarily switch to SNAPI: ESC a (lower case a or ASCII 97)
  ● Permanently switch to SNAPI: ESC A (upper case A or ASCII 65)

When connecting two decoders to a host, IBM does not allow selecting two of the same device type. If you require two connections, select IBM Table-top USB for one decoder and IBM Hand-held USB for the second decoder.

Select IBM Hand-held USB to disable data transmission when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command. Aim, illumination, and decoding is still permitted. Select IBM OPOS (IBM Hand-held USB with Full Scan Disable) to completely shut off the decoder when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command, including aim, illumination, decoding, and data transmission.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

USB Keyboard HID

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

IBM Table-top USB

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

IBM Hand-held USB

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

OPOS
(IBM Hand-held with Full Disable)

Note: Before selecting USB CDC Host or SSI over USB CDC, install the appropriate USB Driver on the host to ensure the decoder does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB).

To recover a stalled decoder:

Install the USB CDC Driver

or

After power-up, hold the trigger for 10 seconds, which allows the decoder to power up using an alternate USB configuration. Upon power-up, scan another USB Device Type.

Select USB HID POS to communicate over a USB cable with Universal Windows Platform (UWP) applications running on Windows 10 devices.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

USB CDC Host

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

SSI over USB CDC

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

USB HID POS (for Windows 10 devices only)

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking

After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type, scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to enable or disable status handshaking.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking

USB Keystroke Delay

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Select a longer delay for hosts that require slower data transmission.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*No Delay

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Medium Delay (20 msec)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Long Delay (40 msec)

USB Caps Lock Override

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device. Scan Override Caps Lock Key to preserve the case of the data regardless of the state of the Caps Lock key. This setting is always enabled for the Japanese Windows (ASCII) keyboard type and cannot be disabled.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Override Caps Lock Key (Enable)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Do Not Override Caps Lock Key (Disable)

Barcodes with Unknown Characters

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID and IBM devices. Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. Scan Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters to send all barcode data except for unknown characters. The decoder issues no error beeps.

Scan Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters for IBM devices to prevent sending barcodes containing at least one unknown character to the host, or for USB Keyboard HID devices to send the barcode characters up to the unknown character. The decoder issues an error beep.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

Do Not Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39

This option applies only to the IBM hand-held, IBM table-top, and OPOS devices. Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable converting unknown barcode type data to Code 39.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39

USB Fast HID

Scan Enable USB Fast HID to transmit USB HID data at a faster rate.

Note: Disable this if there are problems with transmission.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Enable USB Fast HID

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable USB Fast HID

USB Polling Interval

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the polling interval, which is the rate at which data transmits between the decoder and host computer. A lower number indicates a faster data rate.

Note: When changing the USB polling interval, the decoder restarts and issues a power-up beep sequence.

Important: Ensure the host supports the selected data rate.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

1 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

2 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

3 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

4 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

5 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

6 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

7 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

*8 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

9 msec

USB Remote Wakeup

Parameter # 2048

SSI # F8 08 00

Scan Enable USB Remote Wakeup to turn on the USB remote wakeup feature.

When enabled, and a host trigger mechanism is used on the SE4107, a user can press the trigger to wake up the host system after the host system was placed in sleep or

standby mode. This is similar to tapping the space bar on a USB HID keyboard to wake up a host system after it was placed into a sleep power mode (i.e., low power mode).

Note: This parameter only works with USB HID unless the PC is set up to wake up in different hosts.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable USB Remote Wakup (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Enable USB Remote Wakeup (1)

Keypad Emulation

Scan Enable Keypad Emulation to send all characters as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example, ASCII A transmits as “ALT make” 0 6 5 “ALT Break”.

Note: If your keyboard type is not listed in the country code list (see Country Codes), disable Quick Keypad Emulation and enable Keypad Emulation below.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Keypad Emulation

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Disable Keypad Emulation

Quick Keypad Emulation

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device when Keypad Emulation is enabled. Scan Enable Quick Keypad Emulation for a quicker method of emulation using the numeric keypad where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII characters not found on the keyboard.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Enable Quick Keypad Emulation

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable Quick Keypad Emulation

Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

Scan Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a leading zero. For example, ASCII A transmits as “ALT MAKE” 0 0 6 5 “ALT BREAK”.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device. Scan Enable USB

Keyboard FN1 Substitution to replace any FN1 character in a GS1 128 barcode with a user-selected Key Category and value.

See FN1 Substitution Values to set the Key Category and Key Value.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

*Disable USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution

ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control-key sequence (see Table 20-1).

Scan Enable Function Key Mapping to send the keys in bold in place of the standard key mapping. Table entries that do not have a bold equivalent remain the same regardless of whether you enable this parameter.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Function Key Mapping

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Function Key Mapping

Simulated Caps Lock

Scan Enable Simulated Caps Lock to invert upper and lower case characters on the barcode as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion occurs regardless of the keyboard's Caps Lock state.

Note: - Simulated Caps Lock applies to ASCII characters only.

- Do not enable this parameter if any of the following parameters are enabled:

USB Caps Lock Override

Convert All to Upper Case

Convert All to Lower Case

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Enable Simulated Caps Lock

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

Scan one of the following barcodes to convert all barcode data to the selected case.

Note: Convert Case applies to ASCII characters only.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*No Case Conversion

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Convert All to Upper Case

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Convert All to Lower Case

USB Static CDC

When disabled, each device connected consumes another COM port (first device = COM1, second device = COM2, third device = COM3, etc.)

When enabled, each device connects to the same COM port.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Enable USB Static CDC

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Disable USB Static CDC

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive

The host can send a beep configuration request to the decoder. Scan Ignore Beep Directive to prevent the decoder from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Honor Beep Directive

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Ignore Beep Directive

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive

The host can enable and disable code types. Scan Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive to prevent the decoder from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Honor Barcode Configuration Directive

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive

TGCS (IBM) USB Specification Version

Select IBM Specification Level Version 0 (Original) to send the following code

types as Unknown:

Data Matrix
➢ GS1 Data Matrix
QR Code
➢ GS1 QR
MicroQR Code
Aztec

Select IBM Specification Level Version 2.2 to send the code types with the appropriate IBM identifiers.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

IBM Specification Level Version 0 (Original)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*IBM Specification Level Version 2.2

ASCII Character Sets

See ASCII Character Sets for the following information:

ASCII Character Set, Table 20-1
ALT Key Character Set, Table 20-2
GUI Key Character Set, Table 20-3
PF Key Character Set, Table 20-4
F Key Character Set, Table 20-5
Numeric Key Character Set, Table 20-6
▶ Extended Key Character Set, Table 20-7

CHAPTER 6: SSI INTERFACE

6.1 Introduction

This chapter describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a communications link between decoders and a serial host. It provides the means for the host to control the decoder.

6.2 Communication

All communication between the decoder and host occurs over the hardware interface lines using the SSI protocol. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer's Guide, p/n 72E-40451-xx, for more information on SSI.

The host and the decoder exchange messages in packets. A packet is a collection of bytes framed by the proper SSI protocol formatting bytes. The maximum number of bytes per packet that the SSI protocol allows for any transaction is 257 (255 bytes + 2 byte checksum).

Depending on the configuration, the decoder can send decode data as ASCII data (unpacketed), or as part of a larger message (packeted).

SSI performs the following functions for the host device:

• Maintains a bi-directional interface with the decoder
• Allows the host to send commands that control the decoder
  ➢ Passes data from the decoder to a host device in SSI packet format or straight decode message.

The SSI environment consists of a decoder, a serial cable which attaches to the host device, and if required, a power supply.

SSI transmits all decode data including special formatting (e.g., AIM ID). Parameter settings can control the format of the transmitted data.

The decoder can also send parameter information, product identification information, or event codes to the host.

All commands sent between the decoder and host must use the format described in the SSI Message Formats section. SSI Transactions describes the required sequence of messages in specific cases.

SSI Commands

Table 6-1 lists all the SSI opcodes the decoder supports. The host transmits opcodes designated type H. The decoder transmits type D opcodes, and either can transmit Host/Decoder (H/D) types.

Table 6-1 SSI Commands

Name	Type	Opcode	Description
AIM_OFF	H	0xC4	Deactivate aim pattern.
AIM_ON	H	0xC5	Activate aim pattern.
BEEP	H	0xE6	Sound the beeper.
CAPABILITIES_REPLY	D	0xD4	Reply to CAPABILITIES_REQUEST; contains a list of the capabilities and commands the decoder supports.
CAPABILITIES_REQUEST	H	0xD3	Request capabilities report from the decoder.
CMD_ACK	H/D	0xD0	Positive acknowledgment of received packet.
CMD_NAK	H/D	0xD1	Negative acknowledgment of received packet.
DCODE_DATA	D	0xF3	Decode data in SSI packet format.
EVENT	D	0xF6	Event indicated by associated event code.
LED_OFF	H	0xE8	De-activate LED output.
LED_ON	H	0xE7	Activate LED output.
PARAM_DEFAULTS	H	0xC8	Set parameter default values.
PARAM_REQUEST	H	0xC7	Request values of certain parameters.
PARAM_SEND	H/D	0xC6	Send parameter values.
REPLY_REVISION	D	0xA4	Reply to REQUEST_REVISION, contains the decoder's software/hardware configuration.
REQUEST_REVISION	H	0xA3	Request the decoder's configuration.
SCAN_DISABLE	H	0xEA	Prevent the operator from scanning barcodes.
SCAN_ENABLE	H	0xE9	Permit barcode scanning.
SLEEP	H	0xEB	Request to place the decoder into low power.
START_DECODE	H	0xE4	Tell the decoder to attempt to decode a barcode.
STOP_DECODE	H	0xE5	Tell the decoder to abort a decode attempt.
WAKEUP	H	N/A	Wake the decoder from low power mode.
For details of the SSI protocol, refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer's Guide.

6.3 SSI Transactions

General Data Transactions

ACK/NAK Handshaking

If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking (the default), all packeted messages must have a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK response, unless the command description states otherwise. It is recommended that leaving this handshaking enabled to provide feedback to the host. Raw decode data and WAKEUP do not use ACK/NAK handshaking since they are not packeted data.

Following is an example of a problem which can occur if you disable ACK/NAK handshaking:

The host sends a PARAM_SEND message to the decoder to change the baud rate from 9600 to 19200.
The decoder cannot interpret the message.
The decoder does not implement the change the host requested.
The host assumes that the parameter change occurred and acts accordingly.
➢ Communication is lost because the change did not occur on both sides.

If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, the following occurs:

The host sends a PARAM_SEND message.
The decoder cannot interpret the message.
The decoder CMD NAKs the message.
The host resends the message.
The decoder receives the message successfully, responds with CMD_ACK, and implements parameter changes.

Decoded Data Transmission

The Decode Data Packet Format parameter controls how decode data is sent to the host. Set this parameter to send the data in a DECODE_DATA packet. Clear this parameter to transmit the data as raw ASCII data.

Note: When transmitting decode data as raw ASCII data, ACK/NAK handshaking does not apply regardless of the state of the ACK/NAK handshaking parameter.

ACK/NAK Enabled and Packeted Data

The decoder sends a DECODE_DATA message after a successful decode. The decoder waits for a programmable timeout for a CMD_ACK response. If it does not receive the response, the decoder tries to send two more times before issuing a host transmission error. If the decoder receives a CMD_NAK from the host, it may attempt

a retry depending on the cause field of the CMD_NAK message.

graph LR
    A["Decoder\nData is captured by decoder"] -->| (1)\nDECODE_DATA | B["Host"]
    B -->| (2)\nCMD_ACK\nmessage sent | A

ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data

Even if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled, no handshaking occurs because handshaking applies only to packeted data. In this example the packeted_decode parameter is disabled.

graph LR
    A["Decoder\nData is captured by decoder"] --> B["ASCII data"]
    B --> C["Host"]

ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE\_DATA

In this example ACK/NAK does not occur even though packeted_decode is enabled because the ACK/NAK handshaking parameter is disabled.

graph LR
    A["Decoder\nData is captured by decoder"] --> B["DECODE_DATA\nmessage sent"]
    B --> C["Host"]

ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data

The decoder sends captured data to the host.

graph LR
    A["Decoder\nData is captured by decoder"] --> B["ASCII data sent"]
    B --> C["Host"]

6.4 Communication Summary

RTS/CTS Lines

All communication must use RTS/CTS handshaking as described in the Simple Serial Interface Programmer's Guide, p/n 72E-40451-xx. If bypassing hardware handshaking, the host must send the WAKEUP command before all other communication or the first byte of a message can be lost during the decoder wakeup sequence. It is recommended that not bypassing RTS/CTS hardware handshaking.

ACK/NAK Option

ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled by default and it is recommended that leaving it enabled. Disabling this can cause communication problems, as handshaking is the only acknowledgment that a message was received correctly. ACK/NAK is not used with unpacketed decode data regardless of whether it is enabled.

Number of Data Bits

All communication with the decoder must use 8-bit data.

Serial Response Timeout

The Host Serial Response Timeout parameter determines how long to wait for a handshaking response before trying again or aborting further attempts. Set the same value for both the host and decoder.

Note: You can temporarily change the Host Serial Response Timeout when the host takes longer to process an ACK or longer data string. It does not recommend frequent permanent changes due to limited write cycles of non-volatile memory.

Retries

The host resends data twice after the initial send if the decoder does not respond with an ACK or NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled), or response data (e.g., PARAM_SEND, REPLY_REVISION). If the decoder replies with a NAK RESEND, the host resends the data. All resent messages must have the resend bit set in the Status byte.

The decoder resends data two times after the initial send if the host fails to reply with an ACK or NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled).

Baud Rate, Stop Bits, Parity, Response Timeout, ACK/NAK Handshaking

If you use PARAM_SEND to change these serial parameters, the ACK response to the PARAM_SEND uses the previous values for these parameters. The new values then take effect for the next transaction.

Errors

The decoder issues a communication error when:

The CTS line is asserted when the decoder tries to transmit, and is still asserted on each of two successive retries
The decoder does not receive an ACK or NAK after initial transmit and two resends.

SSI Communication Notes

When not using hardware handshaking, space messages sufficiently apart. The host must not communicate with the decoder if the decoder is transmitting.
When using hardware handshaking, frame each message properly with handshaking signals. Do not try to send two commands within the same handshaking frame.
There is a permanent/temporary bit in the PARAM_SEND message. Removing power from the decoder discards temporary changes. Permanent changes are written to non-volatile memory. Frequent changes shorten the life of the non-volatile memory.

6.5 Using Time Delay to Low Power Mode with SSI

Time Delay to Low Power Mode provides options to select a general time delay. To program a more specific delay value, use an SSI command according to Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 Values for Selecting Time Delay to Low Power

Value	Timeout	Value	Timeout	Value	Timeout	Value	Timeout
0x00	15 Min	0x10	1 Sec	0x20	1 Min	0x30	1 Hour
0x01	30 Min	0x11	1 Sec	0x21	1 Min	0x31	1 Hour
0x02	60 Min	0x12	2 Sec	0x22	2 Min	0x32	2 Hours
0x03	90 Min	0x13	3 Sec	0x23	3 Min	0x33	3 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x14	4 Sec	0x24	4 Min	0x34	4 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x15	5 Sec	0x25	5 Min	0x35	5 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x16	6 Sec	0x26	6 Min	0x36	6 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x17	7 Sec	0x27	7 Min	0x37	7 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x18	8 Sec	0x28	8 Min	0x38	8 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x19	9 Sec	0x29	9 Min	0x39	9 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x1A	10 Sec	0x2A	10 Min	0x3A	10 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x1B	15 Sec	0x2B	15 Min	0x3B	15 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x1C	20 Sec	0x2C	20 Min	0x3C	20 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x1D	30 Sec	0x2D	30 Min	0x3D	30 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x1E	45 Sec	0x2E	45 Min	0x3E	45 Hours
N/A	N/A	0x1F	60 Sec	0x2F	60 Min	0x3F	60 Hours

CAUTION: With hardware handshaking disabled, the decoder wakes from low power mode upon receiving a character. However, the decoder does not process this character or any others it receives during the 10 ms period following wakeup. Wait at least 10 ms after wakeup to send valid characters.

6.6 Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI

The SSI protocol allows the host to send a command that is variable in length up to 255 bytes. Although there is a provision in the protocol to multi-packet commands from the host, the decoder does not support this. The host must fragment packets using the provisions in the RSM protocol.

Command Structure

Byte	7	6	5	4	3	2	1	0
0	Length (not including the checksum)
1	SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80)
2	Message Source (4 – Host)
3	Reserved (0)			Reserved (0)	Reserved (0)	Cont’d packet		Retransmit
4	Payload data (see the following example)
...
Length -1
Length	2's complement checksum (MSB)
Length +1	2's complement checksum (LSB)
The expected positive response is SSI_MGMT_COMMAND which can be a multi-packet response. Devices that do not support this command respond with the standard SSI_NAK.

Response Structure

Byte	7	6	5	4	3	2	1	0
0	Length (not including the checksum)
1	SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80)
2	Message Source (0 – Decoder)
3	Reserved (0)			Reserved (0)	Reserved (0)	Cont’d packet		Retransmit
4	Payload data (see the following example)
...
Length -1
Length	2’s complement checksum (MSB)
Length +1	2’s complement checksum (LSB)

Example Transaction

The following example illustrates how to retrieve diagnostic information (Diagnostic Testing and Reporting (Attribute #10061) decimal) from the decoder using encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI. Before sending an RSM command, the host must send the RSM Get Packet Size command to query the packet size supported by the device.

Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device

0A 80 04 00 00 06 20 00 FF FF FD 4E

Where:

➢ 0A 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header

➢ 00 06 20 00 FF FF is RSM Get Packet Size command

➢ FD 4E is SSI command checksum

Response from Device with Packet Size Information

0C 80 00 00 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 FD 6C

Where:

➢ 0C 80 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM command over SSI command header

➢ 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 is RSM Get Packet Size response

➢ FD 6C is SSI response checksum

Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information

0C 80 04 00 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 FE B0

Where:

➢ 0C 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header
➢ 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 is attribute Get command requesting attribute 10061 decimal
➢ FE B0 is SSI command checksum

Response from Device with Diagnostic Information

21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 FF FF FC 15

Where:

21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM responses over SSI command header
➢ 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 is attribute Get response which includes diagnostic report value
➢ FF FF is attribute Get response, packet termination
➢ FC 15 is SSI response checksum

6.7 Setting Parameters

This section describes how to set up the decoder with an SSI host. When using SSI, program the decoder via barcode menu or SSI hosts commands.

The decoder ships with the settings shown in Table 6-3 (also see Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the decoder powers down.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

To return all features to default values, scan Set Factory Defaults. Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default * Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

6.8 Simple Serial Interface Parameter Defaults

Table 6-3 lists defaults for SSI host parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.
Download data through the device's serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and option values appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar codes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer's Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method.

Note: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 6-3 SSI Interface Default Table

Parameter	Parameter Number	SSI Number	Default
SSI Host Parameters
Select SSI Host	N/A	N/A	N/A
Baud Rate	156	9Ch	9600
Parity	158	9Eh	None
Check Parity	151	97h	Disable
Stop Bits	157	9Dh	1
Software Handshaking	159	9Fh	ACK/NAK
Host RTS Line State	154	9Ah	Low
Decode Data Packet Format	238	EEh	Send Raw Decode Data
Host Serial Response Timeout	155	9Bh	Low – 2 Seconds
Host Character Timeout	239	EFh	Low – 200 msec
Multipacket Option	334	F0h 4Eh	Multipacket Option 1
Interpacket Delay	335	F0h 4Fh	Minimum – 0 msec
Event Reporting
Decode Event	256	F0h 00h	Disable
Boot Up Event	258	F0h 02h	Disable
Parameter Event	259	F0h 03h	Disable

6.9 SSI Host Parameters

Select SSI Host

To select SSI as the host interface, scan the following barcode.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

SSI Host

Baud Rate

Parameter # 156

SSI # 9Ch

Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Scan one of the following barcodes to set the decoder's baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Baud Rate 9600 (6)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 19,200 (7)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 38,400 (8)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 115,200 (11)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

Baud Rate 57,600 (10)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 230,400 (13)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 460,800 (14)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 921,600 (15)

Parity

Parameter # 158

SSI # 9Eh

A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Scan one of the following barcodes to select the parity type according to host device requirements:

Odd - This sets the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character contains an odd number of 1 bits.
Even - This sets the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character contains an even number of 1 bits.
➢ None - No parity bit is required.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Odd (2)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Even (1)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*None (0)

Check Parity

Parameter # 151

SSI # 97h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to check the parity of received characters. See Parity to select the type of parity.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Do Not Check Parity (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Check Parity (1)

Stop Bits

Parameter # 157

SSI # 9Dh

The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream. Scan one of the following barcodes to set the number of stop bits (one or two) based on the number the receiving host can accommodate.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*1 Stop Bit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

2 Stop Bits (2)

Software Handshaking

Parameter # 159

SSI # 9Fh

This parameter offers control of data transmission in addition to the control hardware handshaking offers. Hardware handshaking is always enabled; you cannot disable it.

Options:

➢ Disable ACK/NAK Handshaking - The decoder neither generates nor expects ACK/NAK handshaking packets.
Enable ACK/NAK Handshaking - After transmitting data, the decoder expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. The decoder also ACKs or NAKs messages from the host.

The decoder waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Timeout to receive an ACK or NAK. If the decoder does not get a response in this time, it resends its data up to two times before discarding the data and declaring a transmission error.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Disable ACK/NAK (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Enable ACK/NAK (1)

Host RTS Line State

Parameter # 154

SSI # 9Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the expected idle state of the Serial Host RTS line.

The SSI interface is used with host applications which also implement the SSI protocol. However, you can use the decoder in a "scan-and-transmit" mode to communicate with any standard serial communication software on a host PC (see Decode Data Packet Format). If transmission errors occur in this mode, the host PC may be asserting hardware handshaking lines which interfere with the SSI protocol. Scan the High barcode to address this problem.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Low (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

High (1)

Decode Data Packet Format

Parameter # 238

SSI # EEh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to transmit decoded data in raw format (unpacketed), or with the packet format defined by the serial protocol.

Selecting the raw format disables ACK/NAK handshaking for decode data.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Send Raw Decode Data (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Send Packeted Decode Data (1)

Host Serial Response Timeout

Parameter # 155

SSI # 9Bh

Scan one of the following barcodes to specify how long the decoder waits for an ACK or NAK before resending. Also, if the decoder wants to send, and the host has already been granted permission to send, the decoder waits for the designated timeout before declaring an error.

Note: Other values are available via SSI command.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Low - 2 Seconds (20)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Medium - 5 Seconds (50)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

High - 7.5 Seconds (75)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Maximum - 9.9 Seconds (99)

Host Character Timeout

Parameter # 239

SSI # EFh

Scan one of the following barcodes to specify the maximum time the decoder waits between characters transmitted by the host before discarding the received data and declaring an error.

Note: Other values are available via SSI command.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Low - 200 msec (20)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Medium - 500 msec (50)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

High - 750 msec (75)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Maximum - 990 msec (99)

Multipacket Option

Parameter # 334

SSI # F0h 4Eh

Scan one of the following barcodes to control ACK/NAK handshaking for multi-packet transmissions:

Multi-Packet Option 1 - The host sends an ACK/NAK for each data packet during a multi-packet transmission.
Multi-Packet Option 2 - The decoder sends data packets continuously, with no ACK/NAK handshaking to pace the transmission. The host, if overrun, can use hardware handshaking to temporarily delay decoder transmissions. At the end of transmission, the decoder waits for a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK.
Multi-Packet Option 3 - This is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable interpacket delay. See Interpacket Delay to set this delay.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Multipacket Option 1 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Multipacket Option 2 (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Multipacket Option 3 (2)

Interpacket Delay

Parameter # 335

SSI # F0h 4Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to specify the interpacket delay if you selected

Multipacket Option 3.

Note: Other values are available via SSI command.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Minimum - 0 msec (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Low - 25 msec (25)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Medium - 50 msec (50)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

High - 75 msec (75)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Maximum - 99 msec (99)

6.10 Event Reporting

The host can request the decoder to provide certain information (events) relative to decoder behavior. Scan the following barcodes to enable or disable the events listed in Table 6-4 and on the following pages.

Table 6-4 Event Codes

Event Class	Event	Code Reported
Decode Event	Non-parameter decode	0x01
Boot Up Event	System power-up	0x03
Parameter Event	Parameter entry error	0x07
	Parameter stored	0x08
	Defaults set (and parameter event is enabled by default)	0x0A
	Number expected	0x0F

Decode Event

Parameter # 256

SSI # F0h 00h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Decode Event.

➢ Enable Decode Event - The decoder generates a message to the host upon a successful barcode decode.
➢ Disable Decode Event - No notification is sent.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central 'M' character

Enable Decode Event (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Decode Event (0)

Boot Up Event

Parameter # 258

SSI # F0h 02h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Boot Up Event:

➢ Enable Boot Up Event - The decoder generates a message to the host whenever power is applied.
➢ Disable Boot Up Event - No notification is sent.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Boot Up Event (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Boot Up Event (0)

Parameter Event

Parameter # 259

SSI # F0h 03h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Parameter Event:

Enable Parameter Event - The scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified in Table 6-4 occurs.
➢ Disable Parameter Event - No notification is sent.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Parameter Event (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Parameter Event (0)

CHAPTER 7: SERIAL INTERFACE

7.1 Introduction

This chapter describes how to set up the decoder with a serial host. The serial interface connects the decoder to point-of-sale devices, host computers, or other devices with an available serial port (e.g., com port).

If the host is not listed in Table 7-1, refer to the documentation for the host device to set communication parameters to match the host.

Note: The decoder uses TTL signal levels, which interface with most system architectures. System architectures that use RS-232C signal levels require a conversion circuitry.

Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

* Indicates Default — *Baud Rate 57,600 — Feature/Option

Note: The serial host type requires proper configuration of the sysconfig lines, and typically requires scanning barcode menus as part of initial configuration. Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging.

CAUTION: The SE4107 wakes from low power mode upon receiving a character. However, the SE4107 does not process this character or any others it receives during the 7 ms period following wakeup. Wait at least 7 ms after wakeup to send valid characters.

7.2 Serial Parameter Defaults

Table 7-1 lists the defaults for serial host parameters. To change any option, scan the appropriate barcode(s) provided in the Serial Host Parameters section beginning.

Note: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 7-1 Serial Host Default Table

Parameter	Default
Serial Host Parameters
Serial Host Types	Standard RS-232
Baud Rate	9600
Parity Type	None
Stop Bits	1
Data Bits	8-bit
Check Receive Errors	Enable
Hardware Handshaking	None
Software Handshaking	None
Host Serial Response Time-out	2 Sec
RTS Line State	Low RTS
Beep on	Disable
Intercharacter Delay	0 msec
Nixdorf Beep/LED Options	Normal Operation
Ignore Unknown Characters	Send Barcode

7.3 Serial Host Parameter

Various serial hosts use their own parameter default settings. Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron, or Common Use Terminal Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG barcode readers) sets the defaults listed in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2 Terminal Specific RS-232

Parameter	ICL	Fujitsu	Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A	Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B/ OPOS/JPOS	Olivetti	Omron	CUTE
Baud Rate	9600	9600	9600	9600	9600	9600	9600
Parity	Even	None	Odd	Odd	Even	None	Even
Stop Bits	One	One	One	One	One	One	One
ASCII Format	8-bit	8-bit	8-bit	8-bit	7-Bit	8-Bit	7-Bit
Hardware Handshaking	RTS/CTS Option3	None	RTS/CTS Option3	RTS/CTS Option3	None	None	None
Software	None	None	None	None	ACK/NAK	None	None
Handshaking
Serial Response Time-out	9.9 Sec.	2 Sec.	None	None	9.9 Sec.	9.9 Sec.	9.9 Sec.
RTS Line State	High	Low	Low	Low = No data to send	Low	High	High
Beep On	Disable	Disable	Disable	Disable	Disable	Disable	Disable
Transmit Code ID	Yes	Yes	Yes	Yes	Yes	Yes	Yes
Data Transmission Format	Data/Suffix	Data/Suffix	Data/Suffix	Data/Suffix	Prefix/Data/ Suffix	Data/Suffix	Prefix/Data/ Suffix
Prefix	None	None	None	None	STX (1002)	None	STX (1002)
Suffix	CR (1013)	CR (1013)	CR (1013)	CR (1013)	ETX (1003)	CR (1013)	CR (1013) CTX (1003)
In the Nixdorf Mode B, if CTS is low, scanning is disabled. When CTS is high, scanning is enabled.If you scan Nixdorf Mode B without connecting the decoder to the proper host, it may appear unable to scan.If this happens, scan a different serial host type within 5 seconds of cycling power to the decoder.The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select CUTE, scan *Enable Parameter Barcode Scanning (1), then change the host selection.

Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron, or Common Use Terminal Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG barcode readers) enables the transmission of code ID characters listed in Table 7-3. These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the Transmit Code ID feature. Do not enable the Transmit Code ID feature for these terminals.

Table 7-3 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters

Code Type	ICL	Fujitsu	Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A	Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B/ OPOS/JPOS	Olivetti	Omron	CUTE
UPC-A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A
UPC-E	E	E	C	C	C	E	None
EAN-8/JAN-8	FF	FF	B	B	B	FF	None
EAN-13/JAN-13	F	F	A	A	A	F	A
Bookland EAN	F	F	A	A	A	F	None
Code 39	C	None	M	M	M	C	3
Code 39 Full ASCII	None	None	M	M	None	None	3
Trioptic	None	None	None	None	None	None	None
Code 32	None	None	None	None	None	None	None
Codabar	N	None	N	N	N	N	None
Code 128	L	None	K	K	K	L	5
GS1-128	L	None	P	P	P	L	5
Code 93	None	None	L	L	L	None	None
I 2 of 5	I	None	I	I	I	I	1
D 2 of 5	H	None	H	H	H	H	2
MSI	None	None	O	O	O	None	None
Code 11	None	None	None	None	None	None	None
IATA	H	None	H	H	H	H	2
GS1 Databar Variants	None	None	E	E	None	None	None
PDF417	None	None	Q	Q	None	None	6
MicroPDF417	None	None	S	S	None	None	6
Data Matrix	None	None	R	R	None	None	4
GS1 Data Matrix	None	None	W	W	None	None	None
Maxicode	None	None	T	T	None	None	None
QR Codes	None	None	U	U	None	None	7
GS1 QR	None	None	X	X	None	None	None
Aztec/Aztec Tune	None	None	V	V	None	None	8

Serial Host Types

To select a serial host interface, scan one of the following barcodes.

Note: Scanning Standard RS-232 activates the serial driver, but does not change port settings (e.g., parity, data bits, handshaking). Selecting another serial host type barcode changes these settings.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Standard RS-232

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ICL Serial

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Wincor-Nixdorf Serial Mode A

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Wincor-Nixdorf Serial Mode B

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Olivetti ORS4500

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Omron

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

OPOS/JPOS

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Fujitsu Serial

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

CUTE ^1

^1 The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select CUTE, scan *Enable Parameter Barcode Scanning (1), then change the host selection.

Baud Rate

Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the decoder's baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Baud Rate 9600

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Baud Rate 19,200

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Baud Rate 38,400

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Baud Rate 57,600

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Baud Rate 115,200

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Baud Rate 460,800

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Baud Rate 230,400

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Baud Rate 921,600

Parity

A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to host device requirements.

Select Odd parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an odd number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character.
Select Even parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an even number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character.
Select None when no parity bit is required.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Odd

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

Even

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*None

Stop Bits

The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream. Select the number of stop bits (one or two) based on the number the receiving device is programmed to accommodate.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*1 Stop Bit

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

2 Stop Bits

Data Bits

This parameter allows the decoder to interface with devices requiring a 7-bit or 8-bit ASCII protocol.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

7-bit

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*8-bit

Check Receive Errors

Select whether or not to check the parity, framing, and overrun of received characters. The parity value of received characters is verified against the setting of Parity.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Check For Received Errors

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Do Not Check For Received Errors

Hardware Handshaking

The data interface consists of a serial port designed to operate either with or without the hardware handshaking lines Request to Send (RTS) and Clear to Send (CTS).

If Standard RTS/CTS handshaking is not selected, scan data transmits as it becomes available. Select Standard RTS/CTS handshaking to transmit scan data according to the following sequence:

The decoder reads the CTS line for activity. If CTS is asserted, the decoder waits up to the Host Serial Response Time-out for the host to de-assert the CTS line. If, after the Host Serial Response Time-out (default) the CTS line is still asserted, the decoder sounds a transmit error and discards any scanned data.
When the CTS line is de-asserted, the decoder asserts the RTS line and waits up to the Host Serial Response Time-out for the host to assert CTS. When the host asserts CTS, data transmits. If, after the Host Serial Response Time-out (default) the CTS line is not asserted, the decoder sounds a transmit error and discards the data.
When data transmission completes, the decoder de-asserts RTS 10 msec after sending the last character.
The host responds by negating CTS. The decoder checks for a de-asserted CTS upon the next transmission of data.

During data transmission, the CTS line should be asserted. If CTS is deasserted for more than 50 ms between characters, the decoder aborts transmission, sounds a transmission error, and discards the data.

If the above communication sequence fails, the decoder issues an error indication. In this case, the data is lost and must be rescanned.

If hardware handshaking and software handshaking are both enabled, hardware handshaking takes precedence.

Note: The DTR signal is jumpered to the active state.

None: Scan this barcode to disable hardware handshaking.
➢ Standard RTS/CTS: Scan this barcode to select Standard RTS/CTS Hardware Handshaking.
➢ RTS/CTS Option 1: The decoder asserts RTS before transmitting and ignores the state of CTS. The decoder de-asserts RTS when transmission completes.
➢ RTS/CTS Option 2: RTS is always high or low (user-programmed logic level). However, the decoder waits for CTS to be asserted before transmitting data. If CTS is not asserted within Host Serial Response Time-out (default), the decoder issues an error indication and discards the data.
➢ RTS/CTS Option 3: The decoder asserts RTS prior to any data transmission, regardless of the state of CTS. The decoder waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out (default) for CTS to be asserted. If CTS is not asserted during this time, the decoder issues an error indication and discards the data. The decoder de-asserts RTS when transmission completes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*None

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Standard RTS/CTS

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

RTS/CTS Option 1

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

RTS/CTS Option 2

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

RTS/CTS Option 3

Software Handshaking

This parameter offers control of data transmission in addition to, or instead of, the control hardware handshaking offers. There are five options.

If software handshaking and hardware handshaking are both enabled, Hardware Handshaking takes precedence.

None: Data transmits immediately. No response is expected from host.
ACK/NAK: After transmitting data, the decoder expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. When the decoder receives a NAK, it transmits the same data again and waits for either an ACK or NAK. After three unsuccessful attempts to send data when NAKs are received, the decoder issues an error indication and discards the data.
The decoder waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an ACK or NAK. If the decoder does not receive a response in this time, it issues an error indication and discards the data. There are no retries when a time-out occurs.

ENQ: The decoder waits for an ENQ character from the host before transmitting data. If the decoder does not receive an ENQ within the Host Serial Response Time-out, it issues an error indication and discards the data. The host must transmit an ENQ character at least every Host Serial Response Time-out to prevent transmission errors.

ACK/NAK with ENQ: This combines the two previous options. For re-transmissions of data due to a NAK from the host, an additional ENQ is not required.

XON/XOFF: An XOFF character turns the decoder transmission off until the decoder receives an XON character. There are two situations for XON/XOFF:

• The decoder receives an XOFF before it has data to send. When the decoder has data to send, it waits up to the Host Serial Response Time-out for an XON character before transmission. If it does not receive an XON within this time, the decoder issues an error indication and discards the data.
• The decoder receives an XOFF during a transmission. Data transmission then stops after sending the current byte. When the decoder receives an XON character, it sends the rest of the data message. The decoder waits

indefinitely for the XON.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*None

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

ACK/NAK

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ENQ

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

ACK/NAK with ENQ

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

XON/XOFF

Host Serial Response Time-out

This parameter specifies how long the decoder waits for an ACK, NAK, or CTS before determining that a transmission error occurred. This only applies when in one of the ACK/NAK software handshaking modes, or RTS/CTS hardware handshaking mode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Minimum: 2 Sec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and pattern

Medium: 5 Sec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Low: 2.5 Sec

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

High: 7.5 Sec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Maximum: 9.9 Sec

RTS Line State

This parameter sets the idle state of the Serial Host RTS line. Scan a barcode below to select Low RTS or High RTS line state.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Host: Low RTS

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Host High RTS

Beep on

When this parameter is enabled, the decoder issues a beep when it detects a character on the serial line. gains a user's attention to an illegal entry or other important event.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Beep On Character (Enable)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and pattern

*Do Not Beep On Character (Disable)

Note: A NULL character must be sent to the decoder before BEL to ensure the BEL character is processed correctly.

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay inserted between character transmissions.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Minimum: 0 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Low: 25 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Medium: 50 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

High: 75 msec

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Maximum: 99 msec

Nixdorf Beep/LED Options

Select Nixdorf Mode B to indicate when the decoder beeps and turns on its LED after a decode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Normal Operation (Beep/LED Immediately After Decode)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Beep/LED After Transmission

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Beep/LED After CTS Pulse

Ignore Unknown Characters

Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. Select Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters to send all barcode data except for unknown characters. The decoder issues no error beeps. Select Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters to send barcode data up to the first unknown character. The decoder issues an error beep.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Send Barcode (with unknown characters)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Do Not Send Barcodes (with unknown characters)

ASCII Character Set for Serial Hosts

You can assign the values in Table 7-4 as prefixes or suffixes for ASCII character data transmission.

Table 7-4 Prefix/Suffix Values

Prefix/Suffix Value	Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character	ASCII Character
1000	%U	NUL
1001	A	SOH
1002	B	STX
1003	C	ETX
1004	D	EOT
1005	E	ENQ
1006	F	ACK
1007	G	BELL
1008	H	BCKSPC
1009	I	HORIZ TAB
1010	J	LF/NW LN
1011	K	VT
1012	L	FF
1013	M	CR/ENTER
1014	N	SO
1015	O	SI
1016	P	DLE
1017	Q	DC1/XON
1018	R	DC2
1019	S	DC3/XOFF
1020	T	DC4
1021	U	NAK
1022	V	SYN
1023	W	ETB
1024	X	CAN
1025	Y	EM
1026	Z	SUB
1027	%A	ESC
1028	%B	FS
1029	%C	GS
1030	%D	RS
1031	%E	US
1032	Space	Spcae
1033	/A	!
1034	/B	“
1035	/C	#
1036	/D	$
1037	/E	%
1038	/F	&
1039	/G	‘
1040	/H	(
1041	/I	)
1042	/J	*
1043	/K	+
1044	/L	,
1045	-	-
1046	.	.
1047	/O	/
1048	0	0
1049	1	1
1050	2	2
1051	3	3
1052	4	4
1053	5	5
1054	6	6
1055	7	7
1056	8	8
1057	9	9
1058	/Z	:
1059	%F	;
1060	%G	<
1061	%H	=
1062	%I	>
1063	%J	?
1064	%V	@
1065	A	A
1066	B	B
1067	C	C
1068	D	D
1069	E	E
1070	F	F
1071	G	G
1072	H	H
1073	I	I
1074	J	J
1075	K	K
1076	L	L
1077	M	M
1078	N	N
1079	O	O
1080	P	P
1081	Q	Q
1082	R	R
1083	S	S
1084	T	T
1085	U	U
1086	V	V
1087	W	W
1088	X	X
1089	Y	Y
1090	Z	Z
1091	%K	[
1092	%L	\
1093	%M	]
1094	%N	^
1095	%O	_
1096	%W	`
1097	+A	a
1098	+B	b
1099	+C	c
1100	+D	d
1101	+E	e
1102	+F	f
1103	+G	g
1104	+H	h
1105	+I	i
1106	+J	j
1107	+K	k
1108	+L	l
1109	+M	m
1110	+N	n
1111	+O	o
1112	+P	p
1113	+Q	q
1114	+R	r
1115	+S	s
1116	+T	t
1117	+U	u
1118	+V	v
1119	+W	w
1120	+X	x
1121	+Y	y
1122	+Z	z
1123	%P	{
1124	%Q	|
1125	%R	}
1126	%S	~
1127		Undefined
7013		ENTER

CHAPTER 8: OCR PROGRAMMING

8.1 Introduction

This chapter describes how to set up the decoder for OCR programming. The decoder can read 6 to 60 point OCR typeface. It supports font types OCR-A, OCR-B, MICR E13B, and US Currency Serial Number.

OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. All OCR fonts are disabled by default. Enabling OCR could slow barcode decoding. You can enable OCR-A and OCR-B at the same time, but not other combined font types.

8.2 Setting Parameters

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the imager powers down.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

To return all features to default values, scan the Set Factory Defaults on page 12-55. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default *Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

8.3 OCR Parameter Defaults

Table 8-1 lists the defaults for OCR parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the

standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.

Configure the engine using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

Note: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 8-1 OCR Programming Default Table (Continued)

Parameter	Parameter Number	SSI Number	Default
OCR Programming Parameters
OCR-A	680	F1h A8h	Disable
OCR-A Variant	684	F1h ACh	OCR-A Full ASCII
OCR-B	681	F1h A9h	Disable
OCR-B Variant	685	F1h ADh	OCR-B Full ASCII
MICR E13B	682	F1h AAh	Disable
US Currency Serial Number	683	F1h ABh	Disable
OCR Orientation	687	F1h AFh	0^
OCR Lines	691	F1h B3h	1
OCR Minimum Characters	689	F1h B1h	3
OCR Maximum Characters	690	F1h B2h	100
OCR Subset	686	F1h AEh	Selected font variant
OCR Quiet Zone	695	F1h B7h	50
OCR Template	547	F1h 23h	54R
OCR Check Digit Modulus	688	F1h B0h	1
OCR Check Digit Multiplier	700	F1h BCh	121212121212
OCR Check Digit Validation	694	F1h B6h	None
Inverse OCR	856	F2h 58h	Regular
OCR Redundancy	1770	F8h 06h EAh	Level 1

8.4 OCR Programming Parameters

OCR-A

Parameter # 680

SSI # F1h A8h

Note: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset and OCR Template.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-A.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable OCR-A (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable OCR-A (0)

OCR-A Variant

Parameter # 684

SSI # F1h ACh

Note: Enable OCR-A before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-A, set the variant to its default (OCR-A Full ASCII).

The font variant sets a processing algorithm and default character subset for the given font. To choose a variant, scan one of the following barcodes. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and accuracy.

OCR-A supports the following variants:

OCR-A Full ASCII
!"#\$()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^
OCR-A Reserved 1
^*+-. /0123456789 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
OCR-A Reserved 2

\$*+-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

OCR-A Banking

-0123456789<> YHJ

Special banking characters output as the following representative characters:

4 outputs as f

H outputs as c

∫ outputs as h

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*OCR-A Full ASCII (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

OCR-A Reserved 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

OCR-A Reserved 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' in the center.

OCR-A Banking (3)

OCR-B

Parameter # 681

SSI # F1h A9h

Note: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset and OCR Template.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-B.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable OCR-B (1)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Disable OCR-B (0)

OCR-B Variant

Parameter # 685

SSI # F1h ADh

Note: Enable OCR-B before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-B, set the variant to its default (OCR-B Full ASCII).

OCR-B has the following variants. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and accuracy.

OCR-B Full ASCII
OCR-B Banking
OCR-B Limited
OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers
OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers
OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1) 3-Line ID Cards
• OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2) 2-Line ID Cards
OCR-B Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect
OCR-B Passport
OCR-B Visa Type A

$$ ! # \% () ^ {*} +, -. / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < > A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ^ {\wedge} | \tilde {N} $$

$$ # + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < > \mathrm{JNP} | $$

$$ +, -. / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < > \text { ACENPSTVX } $$

$$ - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 > \text { BCEINPSXz } $$

$$ - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 > \text { BCEINPSXz } $$

$$ - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < \text { ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ } $$

$$ - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < \text { ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ } $$

$$ ! # \% () ^ {*} +, -. / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < > A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ^ {\wedge} | \tilde {N} $$

$$ - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 < \text { ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZN } $$

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

OCR-B Visa Type B

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZN

OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents

This allows reading either TD1, TD2, Passport, Visa Type A, or Visa Type B without switching between these options. It automatically recognizes the travel document read.

Scanning any ISBN Book Number automatically applies the appropriate ISBN checksum.

To choose a variant, scan one of the barcodes below. Selecting the following OCR-B variants automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines. These five variants invoke extensive special algorithms and checking for that particular document type:

Variant	OCR Lines Setting
Passport	2
TD1 ID Cards	3
TD2 ID Cards	2
Visa Type A	2
Visa Type B	2

Note: When setting one of the variants above with both OCR-A and OCR-B enabled, the decoder reads the specified travel document but does not read OCR-A. When the OCR-B variant is set back to the default (OCR-B Full ASCII), the decoder reads OCR-A.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*OCR-B Full ASCII (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

OCR-B Banking (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

OCR-B Limited (2)

OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers (7)

OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers (6)

OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2) 2-Line ID Cards (8)

OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1) 3-Line ID Cards (3)

OCR-B Passport (4)

Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect (20)

OCR-B Visa Type A (9)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

OCR-B Visa Type B (10)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents (11)

MICR E13B

Parameter # 682

SSI # F1h AAh

Note: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset and OCR Template.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MICR E13B.

MICR E 13B uses the following characters:

1234567890

TOAD characters (Transit, On Us, Amount, and Dash) output as the following representative characters:

: outputs as t

outputs as a

^11 outputs as o

"" outputs as d

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Enable MICR E13B (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*Disable MICR E13B (0)

US Currency Serial Number

Parameter # 683

SSI # F1h ABh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable US Currency Serial Number

Note: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset and OCR Template.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Enable US Currency (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*Disable US Currency (0)

OCR Orientation

Parameter # 687

SSI # F1h AFh

Select one of five options to specify the orientation of the OCR to read:

➢ 0° to the imaging engine (default)
➢ 270° clockwise (or 90° counterclockwise) to the imaging engine
➢ 180° (upside down) to the imaging engine
➢ 90° clockwise to the imaging engine
Omnidirectional

Setting an incorrect orientation can cause misdecodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*OCR Orientation 0° (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

OCR Orientation 270° Clockwise (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

OCR Orientation 180° Clockwise (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

OCR Orientation 90° Clockwise (3)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

OCR Orientation Omnidirectional (4)

OCR Lines

Parameter # 691

SSI # F1h B3h

To select the number of OCR lines to decode, scan one of the following barcodes.

Selecting Visas, TD1, or TD2 ID cards automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines.

Also see OCR-B Variant.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

*OCR 1 Line (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'B' in the bottom right corner.

OCR 2 Lines (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

OCR 3 Lines (3)

OCR Minimum Characters

Parameter # 689

SSI # F1h B1h

To select the minimum number of OCR characters (not including spaces) per line to decode, scan the following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters less than the minimum are ignored. The default is 003.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom center.

OCR Minimum Characters

OCR Maximum Characters

Parameter # 690

SSI # F1h B2h

To select the maximum number of OCR characters (including spaces) per line to decode, scan the following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters greater than the maximum are ignored. The default is 100.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central vertical bar

OCR Maximum Characters

OCR Subset

Parameter # 686

SSI # F1h AEh

Create an OCR subset to define a custom group of characters in place of a preset font variant. For example, if scanning only numbers and the letters A, B, and C, create a subset of just these characters to speed decoding. This applies a designated OCR Subset across all enabled OCR fonts.

To set or modify the OCR font subset:

1. Enable the appropriate OCR font(s).
2. Scan the OCR Subset barcode.
3. Scan numbers and letters to form the OCR Subset from Alphanumeric Barcodes.
4. Scan End of Message.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

OCR Subset

To cancel an OCR subset, for OCR-A or OCR-B, scan OCR-A variant Full ASCII, or OCR-B variant Full ASCII.

For MICR E13B or US Currency Serial Number, create a subset which includes all allowed characters in that character set, or scan an option from the Default

Parameters and re-program the decoder.

OCR Quiet Zone

Parameter # 695

SSI # F1h B7h

This option sets the OCR quiet zone. The decoder stops scanning a field when it detects a sufficiently wide blank space. The width of this space is defined by the End

of Field option. Used with parsers that tolerate slanted characters, the End of Field count is approximately a count of 8 for a character width. For example, if set to 15, then two character widths are an end of line indicator for the parser. Larger end of field numbers require bigger quiet zones at each end of text line.

To set a quiet zone, scan the following barcode, then scan a two-digit number using the numeric keypad in Alphanumeric Barcodes. The range of the quiet zone is 20 - 99 and the default is 50, indicating a six character width quiet zone.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

OCR Quiet Zone

OCR Template

Parameter # 547

SSI # F1h 23h

This option creates a template for precisely matching scanned OCR characters to a desired input format.

Carefully constructing an OCR template eliminates scanning errors.

To set or modify the OCR decode template, scan the OCR Template barcode, and then scan barcodes on the following pages that correspond to numbers and letters to form the template expression. Then scan End of Message. The default is 54R which accepts OCR strings containing any character.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

OCR Template

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

End of Message

Required Digit (9)

Only a numeric character is accepted in this position.

Template 99999

Valid data 12987

Valid data 30517

Invalid data 123AB

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

9

Required Alpha (A)

Only an alpha character is accepted in this position.

Template AAAAA

Valid data ABCDE

Valid data UVWXY

Invalid data 12FGH

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

A

Require and Suppress (0)

Any character in this position, including space or reject, is suppressed from the output.

Template 990AA

Incoming data 12QAB

Output 12AB

Optional Alphanumeric (1)

An alphanumeric character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template 99991

Valid data 1234A

Valid data 12345

Invalid data 1234<

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

1

Optional Alpha (2)

An alpha character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template

AAAA2

Valid data

ABCDE

Valid data

WXYZ

Invalid data

ABCE6

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

2

Alpha or Digit (3)

An alphanumeric character is required in this position to validate the incoming data.

Template

33333

Valid data

12ABC

Valid data

WXY34

Invalid data

12AB<

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

3

Any Including Space & Reject (4)

Any character is accepted in this position, including space and reject. An underscore (_) represents rejects in the output. This is a good selection for troubleshooting.

Template

99499

Valid data

12\$34

Valid data

34 98

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

4

Any except Space & Reject (5)

Any character is accepted in this position, except a space or reject.

Template 55999

Valid data A.123

Valid data *Z456

Invalid data A BCD

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

5

Optional Digit (7)

A numeric character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template 99977

Valid data 12345

Valid data 789

Invalid data 789AB

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

7

Digit or Fill (8)

Any numeric or fill character is accepted in this position.

Template 88899

Valid data 12345

Valid data

789

Invalid data <<789

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

8

Alpha or Fill (F)

Any alpha or fill character is accepted in this position.

Template AAAFF

Valid data ABCXY

Valid data LMN>>

Invalid data ABC<5

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

F

Optional Space ()

A space is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template

99 99

Valid data

12 34

Valid data

1234

Invalid data

67891

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Space

Optional Small Special (.)

A special character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Small special characters are -, and .

Template

AA.99

Valid data

MN.35

Valid data

XY98

Invalid data

XYZ12

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Other Template Operators

These template operators assist in capturing, delimiting, and formatting scanned OCR data.

Literal String (" and +)

Use either of these delimiting characters surrounding characters from the alphanumeric keyboard in Alphanumeric Barcodes to define a literal string within a template that must be present in scanned OCR data. There are two characters used to

delimit required literal strings; if one of the delimiter characters is present in the desired literal string, use the other delimiter.

Template

"35+BC"

Valid data

35+BC

Valid data

AB+22

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

“

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

+

New Line (E)

To create a template of multiple lines, add E between the template of each single line.

Template 999EAAAA

Valid data

321 BCAD

Valid data

987 ZXYW

Invalid data

XYZW

12

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

E

String Extract (C)

This operator combined with others defines a string of characters to extract from the scanned data. The string extract is structured as follows:

CbPe

Where:

C is the string extract operator
b is the string begin delimiter
P is the category (one or more numeric or alpha characters) describing the string representation
e is the string end delimiter

Values for b and e can be any scannable character. They are included in the output

stream.

Template

C>A>

Incoming data

XQ3>ABCDE>

->ATHRUZ>123

1ABCZXYZ

Output

ABCDE>

ATHRUZ>

No Output

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

C

Ignore to End of Field (D)

This operator causes all characters after a template to be ignored. Use this as the last character in a template expression. Examples for the template 999D:

Template

999D

Incoming data

123-PED

357298

193

Output

123

357

193

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

D

Skip Until (P1)

This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is detected. It can be used in two ways:

P1ct

Where:

▶ P1 is the Skip Until operator

➢ c is the type of character that triggers the start of output

▶ t is one or more template characters

P1"s"t

Where:

▶ P1 is the Skip Until operator

"s" is one or more literal string characters (see Literal String (" and +) that trigger the start of output
▶ t is one or more template characters

The trigger character or literal string is included in output from a Skip Until operator, and the first character in the template should accommodate this trigger.

Template	Incoming data	Output
P1"PN"AA9999	123PN9876	PN9876
	PN1234	PN1234
	X-PN3592	PN3592

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines

P

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

1

Skip Until Not (P0)

This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is not matched in the output stream. It can be used in two ways:

P0ct

Where:

➢ P0 is the Skip Until Not operator

c is the type of character that triggers the start of output

▶ t is one or more template characters

P0"s"t

Where:

▶ P0 is the Skip Until Not operator

"> "s" is one or more literal string characters (see Literal String (" and +) that trigger the start of output

▶ t is one or more template characters

The trigger character or literal string is not included in output from a Skip Until Not operator.

Template	Incoming data	Output
P0A9999	BPN3456	3456

PN1234

1234

5341

No output

Template

P0"PN"9999

Incoming data

PN3456

5341

PNPN7654

Output

3456

No output

7654

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

P

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

0

Repeat Previous (R)

This operator allows a template character to repeat one or more times, allowing the capture of variable-length scanned data. The following examples capture two required alpha characters followed by one or more required digits:

Template

AA9R

Incoming data

AB3

PN12345

32RM52700

Output

AB3

PN12345

No output

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

R

Scroll Until Match (S)

This operator steps through scanned data one character at a time until the data matches the template.

Template

S99999

Incoming data

AB3

Output

No output

PN12345 12345

32RM52700 52700

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

S

Multiple Templates

This feature sets up multiple templates for OCR decoding. To do this, follow the procedure described in OCR Template (scan the OCR Template barcode, and then barcodes corresponding to numbers and letters to form the template expression, and then End of Message) for each template in the multiple template string, using a capital letter X as a separator between templates.

For example, set the OCR Template as 99999XAAAAA to decode OCR strings of either 12345 or ABCDE.

Template Examples

Following are sample templates with descriptions of valid data for each definition.

Field Definition Description

"M"99977	M followed by three digits and two optional digits.
"X"997777"X"	X followed by two digits, four optional digits, and an X.
9959775599	Two digits followed by any character, a digit, two optional digits, any two characters, and two digits.
A55"- "999"- "99	A letter followed by two characters, a dash, three digits, a dash, and two digits.
33A". "99	Two alphanumeric characters followed by a letter, a period, and two digits.
999992991	Five digits followed by an optional alpha, two digits, and an optional alphanumeric.
"PN98"	Literal field - PN98

OCR Check Digit Modulus

Parameter # 688

SSI # F1h B0h

The check digit is the last digit (in the right-most position) in an OCR string and

improves the accuracy of the collected data. This option sets OCR module check digit calculation. The calculation is performed on incoming data to determine this check digit, based on the numeric weight of the alpha and numeric characters. See OCR

Check Digit Multiplier. If the incoming data does not match the check digit, the data is considered corrupt.

The selected check digit option does not take effect until you set OCR Check Digit Validation.

To choose the Check Digit Modulus, such as 10 for Modulus 10, scan the following barcode, and then scan a three-digit number from 001 to 099 representing the check digit using the numeric keypad in Alphanumeric Barcodes. The default is 1.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

OCR Check Digit

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

Parameter # 700
SSI # F1h BCh
This option sets OCR check digit multipliers for character positions. For check digit validation, each character in scanned data has an assigned weight to use in calculating the check digit. The decoder OCR ships with the following weight equivalents:

0 = 0	A = 10	K = 20	U = 30
1 = 1	B = 11	L = 21	V = 31
2 = 2	C = 12	M = 22	W = 32
3 = 3	D = 13	N = 23	X = 33
4 = 4	E = 14	O = 24	Y = 34
5 = 5	F = 15	P = 25	Z = 35
6 = 6	G = 16	Q = 26	Space = 0
7 = 7	H = 17	R = 27
8 = 8	I = 18	S = 28
9 = 9	J = 19	T = 29

All other characters are equivalent to one (1).

You can define the multiplier string if it is different from the default.

121212121212 (default)

123456789A (for ISBN, Product Add Right to Left. See OCR Check Digit Validation)

For example:

ISBN	0	2	0	1	1	8	3	9	9	4
Multiplier	10	9	8	7	6	5	4	3	2	1
Product	0	18	0	7	6	40	12	27	18	4
Product add	0 +	18 +	0 +	7 +	6 +	40 +	12 +	27 +	18 +	4 = 132

ISBN uses Modulus 11 for the check digit. In this case, 132 is divisible by 11, so it passes the check digit.

To set the check digit multiplier, scan the following barcode, and then scan numbers and letters to form the multiplier string from Alphanumeric Barcodes. Then scan End of Message.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

OCR Check Digit Validation

Parameter # 694

SSI # F1h B6h

Use the following options to protect against scanning errors by applying a check digit validation scheme.

None

No check digit validation, indicating no check digit is applied. This is the default.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*No Check Digit (0)

Product Add Left to Right

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier). Each digit representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the multiplier, and the sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit	1	3	2	4	5	6
Multiplier	1	2	3	4	5	6
Product	1	6	6	16	25	36
Product add	1 +	6 +	6 +	16 +	25 +	36 = 90

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 90 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is zero).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small white dot in the center

Product Add Left to Right (3)

Product Add Right to Left

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-208). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 132459 (check digit is 9)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit	1	3	2	4	5	9
Multiplier	6	5	4	3	2	1
Product	6	15	8	12	10	9
Product add	6 +	15 +	8 +	12 +	10 +	9 = 60

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 60 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Product Add Right to Left (1)

Digit Add Left to Right

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier). Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit	1	3	2	4	5	6
Multiplier	1	2	3	4	5	6
Product	1	6	6	16	25	36
Product add	1 +	6 +	6 +	1+6+	2+5+	3+6= 36

The Check Digit Modulus is 12. It passes because 36 is divisible by 12 (the remainder is 0).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Digit Add Left to Right (4)

Digit Add Right to Left

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit	1	3	2	4	5	6
Multiplier	6	5	4	3	2	1
Product	6	15	8	12	10	6
Product add	6+	1+5+	8+	1+2+	1+0+	6= 30

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 30 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom center.

Digit Add Right to Left (2)

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products except for the check digit's product is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's product.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 122456 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit	1	2	2	4	5	6
Multiplier	6	5	4	3	2	1
Product	6	10	8	12	10	6
Product add	6+	10+	8+	12+	10=	46

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 46 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 6.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder (5)

Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products except for the check digit's product is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's product.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 122459 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit	1	2	2	4	5	9
Multiplier	6	5	4	3	2	1
Product	6	10	8	12	10	9
Product add	6+	1+0+	8+	1+2+	1+0=	19

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 19 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 9.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Digit Add Right to Left Simple Remainder (6)

Health Industry - HIBCC43

This is the health industry module 43 check digit standard. The check digit is the modulus 43 sum of all the character values in a given message, and is printed as the last character in a given message.

Example:

Supplier Labeling Data Structure: + A 1 2 3 B J C 5 D 6 E 7 1

Sum of values: 41 + 10 + 1 + 2 + 3 + 11 + 19 + 12 + 5 + 13 + 6 + 14 + 7 + 1 = 145

Divide 145 by 43. The quotient is 3 with a remainder of 16. The check digit is the character corresponding to the value of the remainder (see Table 8-2), which in this example is 16, or G. The complete Supplier Labeling Data Structure, including the check digit, therefore is:

A123BJC5D6E71G

Table 8-2 Table of Numeric Value Assignments for Computing HIBC LIC Data

Format Check Digit

0 = 0	9 = 9	I = 18	R = 27	- = 36
1 = 1	A = 10	J = 19	S = 28	. = 37
2 = 2	B = 11	K = 20	T = 29	Space = 38
3 = 3	C = 12	L = 21	U = 30	$ = 39
4 = 4	D = 13	M = 22	V = 31	/ = 40
5 = 5	E = 14	N = 23	W = 32	+ = 41
6 = 6	F = 15	O = 24	X = 33	% = 42
7 = 7	G = 16	P = 25	Y = 34
8 = 8	H = 17	Q = 26	Z = 35

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small central mark

Health Industry - HIBCC43 (9)

Inverse OCR

Parameter # 856

SSI # F2h 58h

Inverse OCR is white or light words on a black or dark background. Select an option for decoding inverse OCR:

➢ Regular Only - Decode regular OCR (black on white) strings only.
Inverse Only - Decode inverse OCR (white on black) strings only.
Autodiscriminate - Decode both regular and inverse OCR strings.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Regular Only (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Inverse Only (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Autodiscriminate (2)

OCR Redundancy

Parameter # 1770

SSI # F8h 06h EAh

This option adjusts the number of times to decode an OCR text string before

transmission. There are three levels of OCR decode redundancy. There is an inverse relationship between the redundancy level and OCR decoding aggressiveness.

Increasing the level of the redundancy can reduce OCR scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of redundancy necessary.

OCR Redundancy Level 1: This default setting allows the decoder to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient accuracy in decoding most in-spec OCR text strings.
OCR Redundancy Level 2: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness.
OCR Redundancy Level 3: Select this option with greater redundancy requirements if OCR Redundancy Level 2 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*OCR Redundancy Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

OCR Redundancy Level 2 (2)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

OCR Redundancy Level 3 (3)

CHAPTER 9: SYMBOLOGIES

9.1 Introduction

You can program the decoder to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features.

The decoder ships with the settings shown in Table 9-1 (also see Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

9.2 Setting Parameters

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the decoder powers down.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

If not using a USB cable, select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, see Default Parameters. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default * Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

9.3 Symbology Parameter Defaults

Table 9-1 lists defaults for all symbology parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the

standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.

Configure the engine using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

Note: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 9-1 Symbology Parameter Defaults

Parameter	Parameter Number ^1	SSI Number ^2	Default
Enable/Disable All Code Types
1D Symbologies
UPC/EAN/JAN
UPC-A	1	01h	Enable
UPC-E	2	02h	Enable
UPC-E1	12	0Ch	Disable
EAN-8/JAN 8	4	04h	Enable
Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit	1881	F8 07 59	Enable
EAN-13/JAN 13	3	03h	Enable
Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit	1882	F8 07 5A	Enable
Bookland EAN	83	53h	Disable
Bookland ISBN Format	576	F1h 40h	ISBN-10
ISSN EAN	617	F1h 69h	Disable
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (2 and 5 digits)	16	10h	Ignore
User-Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1: Supplemental 2:	579 580	F1h 43h F1h 44h	000
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy	80	50h	10
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID	672	F1h A0h	Combined
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit	40	28h	Enable
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit	41	29h	Enable
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit	42	2Ah	Enable
UPC-A Preamble	34	22h	System Character
UPC-E Preamble	35	23h	System Character
UPC-E1 Preamble	36	24h	System Character
Convert UPC-E to UPC-A	37	25h	Disable
Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A	38	26h	Disable
EAN/JAN Zero Extend	39	27h	Disable
UCC Coupon Extended Code	85	55h	Disable
Coupon Report	730	F1h DAh	New Coupon Format
UPC Reduced Quiet Zone	1289	F8h 05h 09h	Disable
Code 128
Code 128	8	08h	Enable
Set Length(s) for Code 128	209, 210	D1h, D2h	Any Length
GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)	14	0Eh	Enable
ISBT 128	84	54h	Enable
ISBT Concatenation	577	F1h 41h	Disable
Check ISBT Table	578	F1h 42h	Enable
ISBT Concatenation Redundancy	223	DFh	10
Code 1281254F8h 04h E6hHonor	1254	F8h 04h E6h	Honor
Code 128 Security Level	751	F1h EFh	Security Level 1
Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone	1208	F8h 04h B8h	Disable
Code 39
Code 39	0	00h	Enable
Trioptic Code 39	13	0Dh	Disable
Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code)	86	56h	Disable
Code 32 Prefix	231	E7h	Disable
Set Length(s) for Code 39	18, 19	12h, 13h	1 to 55
Code 39 Check Digit Verification	48	30h	Disable
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit	43	2Bh	Disable
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion	17	11h	Disable
Code 39 Security Level	750	F1h EEh	Security Level 1
Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone	1209	F8h 04h B9h	Disable
Code 93
Code 93	9	09h	Enable
Set Length(s) for Code 93	26, 27	1Ah, 1Bh	1 to 55
Code 11
Code 11	10	0Ah	Disable
Set Lengths for Code 11	28, 29	1Ch, 1Dh	4 to 55
Code 11 Check Digit Verification	52	34h	Disable
Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s)	47	2Fh	Disable
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)	6	06h	Enable
Set Lengths for I 2 of 5	22, 23	16h, 17h	6 to 55
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification	49	31h	Disable
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit	44	2Ch	Disable
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13	82	52h	Disable
Febraban	1750	F8h 06h D6h	Disable
I 2 of 5 Security Level	1121	F8h 04h 61h	Security Level 1
I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone	1210	F8h 04h BAh	Disable
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Discrete 2 of 5	5	05h	Disable
Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5	20, 21	14h, 15h	1 to 55
Codabar (NW - 7)
Codabar	7	07h	Enable
Set Lengths for Codabar	24, 25	18h, 19h	4 to 55
CLSI Editing	54	36h	Disable
NOTIS Editing	55	37h	Disable
Codabar Security Level	1776	F8h 06h F0h	Security Level 1
Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection	855	F2h 57h	Upper Case
Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification	1784	F8h 06h F8h	Disable
Transmit Codabar Check Digit	704	F1h C0h	Disable
MSI
MSI	11	0Bh	Disable
Set Length(s) for MSI	30, 31	1Eh, 1Fh	4 to 55
MSI Check Digits	50	32h	One MSI Check Digit
Transmit MSI Check Digit	46	2Eh	Disable
MSI Check Digit Algorithm	51	33h	Mod 10/Mod 10
MSI Reduced Quiet Zone	1392	F8h 05h 70h	Disable
Chinese 2 of 5
Chinese 2 of 5	408	F0h 98h	Disable
Matrix 2 of 5
Matrix 2 of 5	618	F1h 6Ah	Disable
Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths	619	F1h 6Bh	4 to 55
	620	F1h 6Ch
Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit	622	F1h 6Eh	Disable
Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit	623	F1h 6Fh	Disable
Korean 3 of 5
Korean 3 of 5	581	F1h 45h	Disable
Inverse 1D
Inverse 1D	586	F1h 4Ah	Regular
GS1 DataBar
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional	338	F0h 52h	Enable
GS1 DataBar Limited	339	F0h 53h	Enable
GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked	340	F0h 54h	Enable
Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN	397	F0h 8Dh	Disable
GS1 DataBar Security Level	1706	F8h 06h AAh	Level 1
GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check	728	F1h D8h	Level 3
Symbology-Specific Security Features
Redundancy Level	78	4Eh	1
Security Level	77	4Dh	1
1D Quiet Zone Level	1288	F8h 05h 08h	1
Intercharacter Gap Size	381	F0h 7Dh	Normal
Composite Codes
Composite CC-C	341	F0h 55h	Disable
Composite CC-A/B	342	F0h 56h	Disable
Composite TLC-39	371	F0h 73h	Disable
Composite Inverse	1113	F8h 04h 59h	Regular Only
UPC Composite Mode	344	F0h 58h	UPC Never Linked
Composite Beep Mode	398	F0h 8Eh	Beep As Each Code Type is Decoded
GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes	427	F0h ABh	Disable
2D Symbologies
PDF417	15	0Fh	Enable
MicroPDF417	227	E3h	Disable
Code 128 Emulation	123	7Bh	Disable
Data Matrix	292	F0h 24h	Enable
GS1 Data Matrix	1336	F8h 05h 38h	Disable
Data Matrix Inverse	588	F1h 4Ch	Inverse Autodetect
Decode Data Matrix Mirror Images	537	F1h 19h	Auto
Maxicode	294	F0h 26h	Disable
QR Code	293	F0h 25h	Enable
GS1 OR	1343	F8h 05h 3Fh	Enable
MicroQR	573	F1h 3Dh	Enable
Linked QR Mode	1847	737h	Linked QR Only
Aztec	574	F1h 3Eh	Enable
Aztec Inverse	589	F1h 4Dh	Inverse Autodetect
Han Xin	1167	F8h 04h 8Fh	Disable
Han Xin Inverse	1168	F8h 04h 90h	Regular
Grid Matrix	1718	F8h 06h B6h	Disable
Grid Matrix Inverse	1719	F8h 06h B7h	Regular Only
Grid Matrix Mirror	1736	F8h 06h C8h	Regular Only
Macro PDF
Macro PDF Transmit/Decode Mode Symbols	188	BCh	Passthrough Mode
Transmit Macro PDF Control Header	184	B8h	Enable
Escape Characters	233	E9h	None
Flush Macro PDF Buffer	N/A	N/A	N/A
Abort Macro PDF Entry	N/A	N/A	N/A
Postal Codes
US Postnet	89	59h	Disable
US Planet	90	5Ah	Disable
Transmit US Postal Check Digit	95	5Fh	Enable
UK Postal	91	5Bh	Disable
Transmit UK Postal Check Digit	96	60h	Enable
Japan Postal	290	F0h 22h	Disable
Australia Post	291	F0h 23h	Disable
Australia Post Format	718	F1h CEh	Autodiscriminate
Netherlands KIX Code	326	F0h 46h	Disable
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail	592	F1h 50h	Disable
UPU FICS Postal	611	F1h 63h	Disable
Mailmark	1337	F8h 05h 39h	Disable
Note1: Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. Note2: SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

9.4 Enable/Disable All Code Types

Scan the Disable All Code Types barcode to disable all symbologies. This is useful when enabling only a few code types.

Scan Enable All Code Types to enable all symbologies. This is useful if you need to disable only a few code types.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable All Code Types

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

Enable All Code Types

9.5 UPC/EAN/JAN

UPC-A

Parameter # 1

SSI # 01h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable UPC-A.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable UPC-A (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable UPC-A (0)

UPC-E

Parameter # 2

SSI # 02h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable UPC-E.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Enable UPC-E (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable UPC-E (0)

UPC-E1

Parameter # 12

SSI # 0Ch

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable UPC-E1.

Note: UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uniform Code Council) approved symbology.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable UPC-E1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

*Disable UPC-E1 (0)

EAN-8/JAN-8

Parameter # 4

SSI # 04h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Enable EAN-8/JAN-8 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 (0)

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

Parameter # 1881

SSI # F8 07 59

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit the barcode data with or without the EAN-8 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

*Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

Do Not Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit
(0)

EAN-13/JAN-13

Parameter # 3

SSI # 03h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Enable EAN-13/JAN-13 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 (0)

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

Parameter # 1882

SSI # F8 07 5A

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit the barcode data with or without the EAN-13 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

*Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small '1' mark in the center

Do Not Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

(0)

Bookland EAN

Parameter # 83

SSI # 53h

Note: If you enable Bookland EAN, select a Bookland ISBN Format. Also set Decode

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals to either Decode UPC/EAN/JAN with Supplementals

Only, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN With Supplementals, or Enable 978/979

Supplemental Mode.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Bookland EAN.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable Bookland EAN (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Bookland EAN (0)

Bookland ISBN Format

Parameter # 576

SSI # F1h 40h

Note: For Bookland EAN to function properly, first enable Bookland EAN using Bookland EAN, and then set Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals to either Decode UPC/EAN/JAN with Supplementals Only, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN With Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode.

If you enabled Bookland EAN using Bookland EAN, select one of the following formats for Bookland data:

Bookland ISBN-10 - The decoder reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10-digit format with the special Bookland check digit for backward-compatibility. Data starting with 979 is not considered Bookland in this mode.
Bookland ISBN-13 - The decoder reports Bookland data (starting with either 978 or 979) as EAN-13 in 13-digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN-13 protocol.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Bookland ISBN-10 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Bookland ISBN-13 (1)

ISSN EAN

Parameter # 617

SSI # F1h 69h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable ISSN EAN.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Enable ISSN EAN (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

Parameter # 16

SSI # 10h

Supplementals are barcodes appended according to specific format conventions (e.g., UPC A+2, UPC E+2, EAN 13+2). The following options are available:

➢ Decode UPC/EAN/JAN with Supplementals Only - The decoder only decodes UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with supplemental characters, and ignores symbols without supplementals.

Ignore UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals - When presented with a UPC/EAN/JAN plus supplemental symbol, the decoder decodes UPC/EAN/JAN and ignores the supplemental characters.
Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN with Supplementals - The decoder decodes UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with supplemental characters immediately. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the decoder must decode the barcode the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental.

Select one of the following Supplemental Mode options to immediately transmit

EAN-13 barcodes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the decoder must decode the barcode the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy before transmitting the data to confirm that there is no supplemental. The decoder transmits UPC/EAN/JAN barcodes that do not have that prefix immediately.

➢ Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode
➢ Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

Note: If you select 978/979 Supplemental Mode and are scanning Bookland EAN barcodes, see Bookland EAN to enable Bookland EAN, and select a format using Bookland ISBN Format.

➢ Enable 977 Supplemental Mode
➢ Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode
➢ Enable 491 Supplemental Mode
➢ Enable Smart Supplemental Mode - This applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously.
Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 - This applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with a 3-digit user-defined prefix. Set this using User-Programmable Supplementals.
Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 - This applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with either of two 3-digit user-defined prefixes. Set the prefixes using User-Programmable Supplementals.
Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 - This applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously or the prefix set using User-Programmable Supplementals.
Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 - This applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user-defined prefixes set using User-Programmable Supplementals.

Note: To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission, select either to decode or ignore supplemental characters.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN with Supplementals Only (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Ignore UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN with Supplementals (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode (4)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode (5)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable 977 Supplemental Mode (7)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode (6)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable 491 Supplemental Mode (8)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Smart Supplemental Mode (3)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 (9)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 (10)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Smart Supplemental Plus
User-Programmable 1 (11)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Smart Supplemental Plus
User-Programmable 1 and 2 (12)

User-Programmable Supplementals

Supplemental 1: Parameter # 579

SSI # F1h 43h

Supplemental 2: Parameter # 580

SSI # F1h 44h

If you selected a Supplemental User-Programmable option from Decode

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals, scan User-Programmable Supplemental 1, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes to set the 3-digit prefix. To set a second

3-digit prefix, scan User-Programmable Supplemental 2, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes. The default is 000 (zeroes).

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

User-Programmable Supplemental 1

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

User-Programmable Supplemental 2

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

Parameter # 80

SSI # 50h

If you selected Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals, this option adjusts the number of times to decode a symbol without supplementals before transmission. The range is from two to thirty times. Five or above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with and without supplementals. The default is 10. Scan the barcode below to set a decode redundancy value. Next, scan two numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format

Parameter # 672

SSI # F1h A0h

If Transmit Code ID Character is set to AIM Code ID Character, scan one of the following barcodes to select an output format when reporting UPC/EAN/JAN barcodes with supplementals:

Separate - Transmit UPC/EAN/JAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs but one transmission, i.e.,
]E<0 or 4>]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]
Combined – Transmit UPC/EAN/JAN with supplementals with one AIM ID

and one transmission, i.e.,

]E3

Separate Transmissions - Transmit UPC/EAN/JAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs and separate transmissions, i.e.,

]E<0 or 4>

]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Separate (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Combined (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Separate Transmissions (2)

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

Parameter # 40

SSI # 28h

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Transmit UPC-A Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit (0)

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

Parameter # 41

SSI # 29h

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Transmit UPC-E Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Do Not Transmit UPC-E Check Digit (0)

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

Parameter # 42

SSI # 2Ah

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Do Not Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit (0)

UPC-A Preamble

Parameter # 34

SSI # 22h

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. Select the appropriate option for transmitting a UPC-A preamble to match the host system:

➢ Transmit System Character only
➢ Transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA)
➢ Transmit no preamble.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

No Preamble () (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*System Character (CHARACTER> ) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

System Character & Country Code
(< COUNTRY CODE> CHARACTER> ) (2)

UPC-E Preamble

Parameter # 35

SSI # 23h

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. Select the appropriate option for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to match the host system:

➢ Transmit System Character only
➢ Transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA)
➢ Transmit no preamble.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

No Preamble () (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*System Character (CHARACTER> ) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

System Character & Country Code
(< COUNTRY CODE> CHARACTER> ) (2)

UPC-E1 Preamble

Parameter # 36

SSI # 24h

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. Select the appropriate option for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to match the host system:

➢ Transmit System Character only
➢ Transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA)
➢ Transmit no preamble.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

No Preamble () (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*System Character (CHARACTER> ) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

System Character & Country Code
(< COUNTRY CODE> CHARACTER> ) (2)

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A

Parameter # 37

SSI # 25h

Enable this to convert UPC-E (zero suppressed) decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit).

Disable this to transmit UPC-E decoded data as UPC-E data, without conversion.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*Do Not Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Disable) (0)

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A

Parameter # 38

SSI # 26h

Scan Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable) to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit).

Scan Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable) to transmit UPC-E1 decoded data as UPC-E1 data, without conversion.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable) (0)

EAN/JAN Zero Extend

Parameter # 39

SSI # 27h

Scan Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN-8 symbols to make them compatible in length to EAN-13 symbols. Scan Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend to transmit EAN-8 symbols as is.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend (0)

UCC Coupon Extended Code

Parameter # 85

SSI # 55h

Scan Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code to decode UPC-A barcodes starting with digit '5', EAN-13 barcodes starting with digit '99', and UPC-A/GS1-128 coupon codes. UPC-A, EAN-13, and GS1-128 must be enabled to use this feature.

Note: See UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy to control autodiscrimination of the GS1-128 portion (right half) of a coupon code.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code (0)

Coupon Report

Parameter # 730

SSI # F1h DAh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the type of coupon format to support.

➢ Old Coupon Format - Support UPC-A/GS1-128 and EAN-13/GS1-128.
New Coupon Format - An interim format to support UPC-A/GS1-DataBar and EAN-13/GS1-DataBar.
Autodiscriminate Format - Support both Old Coupon Format and New Coupon Format.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Old Coupon Format (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*New Coupon Format (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Autodiscriminate Coupon Format (2)

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1289

SSI # F8h 05h 09h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding UPC barcodes with reduced quiet zones (the margins on either side of the barcode). If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

Enable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone (0)

9.6 Code 128

Code 128

Parameter # 8

SSI # 08h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Code 128.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Enable Code 128 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Set Lengths for Code 128

L1 = Parameter # 209

SSI # D1h

L2 = Parameter # 210

SSI # D2h

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default Any Length.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 128 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode Code 128 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan Code 128 - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Any Length - Decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's Capability.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Code 128 - One Discrete Length

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small white dot in the center

Code 128 - Length within Range

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central '1' mark

*Code 128 – Any Length

GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)

Parameter # 14

SSI # 0Eh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable GS1-128.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Enable GS1-128 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Disable GS1-128 (0)

ISBT 128

Parameter # 84

SSI # 54h

ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry. Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable ISBT 128.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable ISBT 128 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable ISBT 128 (0)

ISBT Concatenation

Parameter # 577

SSI # F1h 41h

Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types:

Enable ISBT Concatenation - There must be two ISBT codes in order for the decoder to decode and perform concatenation. The decoder does not decode single ISBT symbols.
➢ Disable ISBT Concatenation - The decoder does not concatenate pairs of ISBT codes it encounters. This is the default.
Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation - The decoder decodes and concatenates pairs of ISBT codes immediately. If only a single ISBT symbol is present, the decoder must decode the symbol the number of times set via ISBT Concatenation Redundancy before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol.

Note: When enabling ISBT Concatenation or Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation set Code 128 security level to Level 2.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Enable ISBT Concatenation (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable ISBT Concatenation (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation (2)

Check ISBT Table

Parameter # 578

SSI # F1h 42h

The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT barcodes that are commonly used in pairs. If you set ISBT Concatenation to Enable, enable

Check ISBT Table to concatenate only those pairs found in this table. Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Enable Check ISBT Table (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Disable Check ISBT Table (0)

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Parameter # 223

SSI # DFh

If you set ISBT Concatenation to Autodiscriminate, use this parameter to set the number of times the decoder must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan barcodes in Numeric Barcodes to set a value between 2 and 20. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel. The default is 10.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Code 128

Parameter # 1254

SSI # F8h 04h E6h

This feature applies to Code 128 barcodes with an embedded character. Select Ignore Code 128 to strip the character from the decode data. The remaining characters are sent to the host unchanged. When disabled, the character is processed normally as per Code 128 standard.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

* Honor Code 128 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Ignore Code 128 (1)

Code 128 Security Level

Parameter # 751

SSI # F1h EFh

Code 128 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when Code 128 Lengths is set to Any Length. The decoder offers four levels of decode security for Code 128 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

Code 128 Security Level 0 - The decoder operates in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
Code 128 Security Level 1 - This option eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness. This is the default.
Code 128 Security Level 2 - This option applies greater barcode security

requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

Code 128 Security Level 3 - If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

Note: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the decoder. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Code 128 Security Level 0 (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Code 128 Security Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Code 128 Security Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Code 128 Security Level 3 (3)

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1208

SSI # F8h 04h B8h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 128 barcodes with reduced quiet zones (the margins on either side of the barcode). If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Enable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

*Disable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone (0)

9.7 Code 39

Code 39

Parameter # 0

SSI # 00h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Code 39.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

*Enable Code 39 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable Code 39 (0)

Trioptic Code 39

Parameter # 13

SSI # 0Dh

Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges. Trioptic Code 39 symbols always contain six characters. Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Trioptic Code 39.

Note: You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Enable Trioptic Code 39 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Trioptic Code 39 (0)

Convert Code 39 to Code 32

Parameter # 86

SSI # 56h

Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry. Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32.

Note: Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (0)

Code 32 Prefix

Parameter # 231

SSI # E7h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable adding the prefix character "A" to all Code 32 barcodes.

Note: Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Enable Code 32 Prefix (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Disable Code 32 Prefix (0)

Set Lengths for Code 39

L1 = Parameter # 18

SSI # 12h

L2 = Parameter # 19

SSI # 13h

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled, Length Within Range or Any Length are the preferred options. The default is Length Within Range: 1 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 39 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Length Within Range - Decode Code 39 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan Code 39 -

Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

Any Length - Decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 39 - One Discrete Length

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Code 39 – Length within Range

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 39 - Any Length

Code 39 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 48

SSI # 30h

Scan Enable Code 39 Check Digit to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specified check digit algorithm. Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded. Enable this feature if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable Code 39 Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Disable Code 39 Check Digit (0)

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

Parameter # 43

SSI # 2Bh

Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit.

Note: Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Enable)

(1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

(Disable) (0)

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion

Parameter # 17

SSI # 11h

Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII.

Note: You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host-dependent, and is therefore

described in the ASCII character set table for the appropriate interface. See Table 20-1.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Code 39 Full ASCII (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable Code 39 Full ASCII (0)

Code 39 Security Level

Parameter # 750

SSI # F1h EEh

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for Code 39 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

Code 39 Security Level 0: The decoder operates in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
Code 39 Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
Code 39 Security Level 2: This option applies greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
Code 39 Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

Note: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the decoder. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Code 39 Security Level 0 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Code 39 Security Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Code 39 Security Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Code 39 Security Level 3 (3)

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1209

SSI # F8h 04h B9h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 39 barcodes with reduced quiet zones (the margins on either side of the barcode). If you select

Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Enable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Disable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone (0)

9.8 Code 93

Code 93

Parameter # 9

SSI # 09h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Code 93.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Code 93 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Disable Code 93 (0)

Set Lengths for Code 93

L1 = Parameter # 26

SSI # 1Ah

L2 = Parameter # 27

SSI # 1Bh

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 1 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 93 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode Code 93 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan Code 93 - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change

the selection, scan Cancel.

Any Length - Decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 93 - One Discrete Length

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Code 93 – Length within Range

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 93 – Any Length

9.9 Code 11

Code 11

Parameter # 10

SSI # 0Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Code 11.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Code 11 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable Code 11 (0)

Set Lengths for Code 11

L1 = Parameter # 28

SSI # 1Ch

L2 = Parameter # 29

SSI # 1Dh

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 4 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 11 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode Code 11 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan Code 11 - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Any Length - Decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 11 - One Discrete Length

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*Code 11 – Length within Range

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 11 - Any Length

Code 11 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 52

SSI # 34h

This feature allows the decoder to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm.

Scan one of the following barcodes to specify the number of check digits encoded in the Code 11 symbols, or to disable this feature.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

One Check Digit (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Two Check Digits (2)

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits

Parameter # 47

SSI # 2Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s).

Note: Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Disable) (0)

9.10 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Parameter # 6

SSI # 06h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 (0)

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5

L1 = Parameter # 22

SSI # 16h

L2 = Parameter # 23

SSI # 17h

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for 12 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The range for Interleaved 2 of 5 lengths is 0 - 80. The default is Length Within Range: 6 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode I 2 of 5 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the

selection, scan Cancel.

Any Length - Decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Note: Due to the construction of the I 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for I 2 of 5 applications, or increase the I 2 of 5 Security Level.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars on both sides

I 2 of 5 - Any Length

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 49

SSI # 31h

Scan one of the following barcodes to check the integrity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specification (USS), or the Optical Product Code Council (OPCC) check digit algorithm.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

USS Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

OPCC Check Digit (2)

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 44

SSI # 2Ch

Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Disable) (0)

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13

Parameter # 82

SSI # 52h

Scan Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable) to convert 14-character I 2 of 5 codes to EAN-13, and transmit to the host as EAN-13. To accomplish this, the I 2 of 5 code must be enabled, and the code must have a leading zero and a valid EAN-13 check

digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*Do Not Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Disable) (0)

Febraban

Parameter # 1750

SSI # F8h 06h D6h

Febraban is an I 2 of 5 barcode of length 44 that requires special check characters to be inserted in the transmitted data stream. When enabled, the I 2 of 5 internal check digit calculation and transmission is disabled. When disabled, all I 2 of 5 functionality works as usual.

Recommendations for Length Setting

I 2 of 5 Length 1: Larger of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44).
I 2 of 5 Length 2: Smaller of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Enable Febraban (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Febraban (0)

I 2 of 5 Security Level

Parameter # 1121

SSI # F8h 04h 61h

Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when I 2 of 5 Lengths is set to Any Length. The decoder offers four levels of decode security for Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

➢ I 2 of 5 Security Level 0: The decoder operates in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
I 2 of 5 Security Level 1: A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
I 2 of 5 Security Level 2: This option applies greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
I 2 of 5 Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level. The highest safety requirements are applied. A barcode must be successfully read three times before being decoded.

Note: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the decoder. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central 'B' mark

I 2 of 5 Security Level 0 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*I 2 of 5 Security Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

I 2 of 5 Security Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

I 2 of 5 Security Level 3 (3)

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1210

SSI # F8h 04h BAh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding I 2 of 5 barcodes with reduced quiet zones (the margins on either side of the barcode). If you select

Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

Enable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

*Disable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone (0)

9.11 Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Parameter # 5

SSI # 05h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Enable Discrete 2 of 5 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Discrete 2 of 5 (0)

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5

L1 = Parameter # 20

SSI # 14h

L2 = Parameter # 21

SSI # 15h

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 1 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode D 2 of 5 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Any Length - Decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Note: Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for D 2 of 5 applications.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

D 2 of 5 - Any Length

9.12 Codabar (NW - 7)

Codabar (NW - 7)

Parameter # 7

SSI # 07h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Codabar.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Codabar (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Disable Codabar (0)

Set Lengths for Codabar

L1 = Parameter # 24

SSI # 18h

L2 = Parameter # 25

SSI # 19h

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 4 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols with 14 characters, scan Codabar - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only Codabar symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode Codabar symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan Codabar - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Any Length - Decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Codabar - One Discrete Length

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Codabar - Length Within Range

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Codabar - Any Length

CLSI Editing

Parameter # 54

SSI # 36h

Scan Enable CLSI Editing to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first, fifth, and tenth characters of a 14-character Codabar symbol if the host system requires this data format.

Note: Symbol length does not include start and stop characters.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Enable CLSI Editing (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable CLSI Editing (0)

NOTIS Editing

Parameter # 55

SSI # 37h

Scan Enable NOTIS Editing to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol if the host system requires this data format.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable NOTIS Editing (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable NOTIS Editing (0)

Codabar Security Level

Parameter # 1776

SSI # F8h 06h F0h

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for Codabar barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

Codabar Security Level 0: This setting allows the decoder to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
Codabar Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
Codabar Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
Codabar Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

Note: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the decoder. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'B' in the bottom right corner.

Codabar Security Level 0 (0)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Codabar Security Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Codabar Security Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Codabar Security Level 3 (3)

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters

Parameter # 855

SSI # F2h 57h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to transmit upper case or lower case Codabar start/stop characters.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Lower Case (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Upper Case (0)

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 1784

SSI # F8h 06h F8h

Enable this feature to check the Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

Enable Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit (1)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

*Disable Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit (0)

Transmit Codabar Check Digit

Parameter # 704

SSI # F1 C0h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not to transmit the Codabar check digit(s).

Note: Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars on both sides

Enable Codabar Check Digit Transmission (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central pattern

*Disable Codabar Check Digit Transmission (0)

9.13 MSI

MSI

Parameter # 11

SSI # 0Bh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MSI.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Enable MSI (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable MSI (0)

Set Lengths for MSI

L1 = Parameter # 30

SSI # 1Eh

L2 = Parameter # 31

SSI # 1Fh

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for MSI to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 4 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only MSI symbols with 14 characters, scan MSI - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only MSI symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only MSI symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan MSI - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
➢ Length Within Range - Decode MSI symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode MSI symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan MSI - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the

selection, scan Cancel.

Any Length - Decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Note: Due to the construction of the MSI symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (MSI - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for MSI applications.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

MSI - One Discrete Length

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

MSI - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*MSI - Length Within Range

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

MSI - Any Length

MSI Check Digits

Parameter # 50

SSI # 32h

With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader. The second check digit is optional. If the MSI codes include two check digits, scan the Two MSI Check Digits barcode to enable verification of the second check digit.

➢ 0 - Does not check the MSI check digit; decodes MSI with no check digit.

1 - This is for MSI barcodes with one check digit. This is the default.

➢ 2 - This is for MSI barcodes with two check digits.

See MSI Check Digit Algorithm to select second digit algorithms.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

No MSI Check Digit (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*One MSI Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Two MSI Check Digits (2)

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)

Parameter # 46

SSI # 2Eh

Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Enable) (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)
(Disable) (0)

MSI Check Digit Algorithm

Parameter # 51

SSI # 33h

Two algorithms are available for verifying the second MSI check digit. Scan one of the following barcodes to select the algorithm used to encode the check digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

MOD 11/MOD 10 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*MOD 10/MOD 10 (1)

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1392

SSI # F8h 05h 70h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding MSI barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Enable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone (1)

9.14 Chinese 2 of 5

Chinese 2 of 5

Parameter # 408

SSI # F0h 98h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Chinese 2 of 5 (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Chinese 2 of 5 (0)

9.15 Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5

Parameter # 618

SSI # F1h 6Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Matrix 2 of 5 (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

*Disable Matrix 2 of 5 (0)

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5

L1 = Parameter # 619

SSI # F1h 6Bh

L2 = Parameter # 620

SSI # F1h 6Ch

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 4 to 55.

Note: When setting lengths, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a length option:

One Discrete Length - Decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, and then scan 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

Two Discrete Lengths - Decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two lengths. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, and then scan 0, 2, 1, 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

Length Within Range - Decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with a specific length range. Select lengths using the barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range, and then scan 0, 4, 1, 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

Any Length - Decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the decoder's capability.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Matrix 2 of 5 - Any Length

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 622

SSI # F1h 6Eh

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan one of the following barcodes to determine whether to include the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit with the barcode data.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (0)

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 623

SSI # F1h 6Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' in the center.

*Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (0)

9.16 Korean 3 of 5

Korean 3 of 5

Parameter # 581

SSI # F1h 45h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Korean 3 of 5.

Note: The length for Korean 3 of 5 is fixed at 6.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Korean 3 of 5 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*Disable Korean 3 of 5 (0)

9.17 Inverse 1D

Inverse 1D

Parameter # 586

SSI # F1h 4Ah

Note: The Inverse 1D setting may impact Composite or Inverse Composite decoding.

See Composite Inverse.

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the 1D inverse decoder setting:

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes regular 1D barcodes only.
Inverse Only - The decoder decodes inverse 1D barcodes only.
Inverse Autodetect - The decoder decodes both regular and inverse 1D barcodes.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black bars for each bar and no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern.

*Regular (0)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Inverse Only (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Inverse Autodetect (2)

9.18 GS1 DataBar

The variants of GS1 DataBar are GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional, DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked and DataBar Limited. The limited and expanded versions have stacked variants. Scan the appropriate barcodes to enable or disable each variant of GS1 DataBar.

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional

Parameter # 338

SSI # F0h 52h

Note: When GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional is enabled the variants are also enabled.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Disable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional
(0)

GS1 DataBar Limited

Parameter # 339

SSI # F0h 53h

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Enable GS1 DataBar Limited (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Disable GS1 DataBar Limited (0)

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

Parameter # 340

SSI # F0h 54h

Note: When GS1 DataBar Expanded is enabled GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked is also enabled.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded (0)

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN

Parameter # 397

SSI # F0h 8Dh

This parameter only applies to GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited symbols not decoded as part of a Composite symbol. Scan Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN to strip the leading '010' from DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single zero as the first digit, and report the barcode as EAN-13.

For barcodes beginning with between two and five zeros, this strips the leading '0100' and reports the barcode as UPC-A. The UPC-A Preamble option that transmits the system character and country code applies to converted barcodes. Note that neither the system character nor the check digit can be stripped.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN (0)

GS1 DataBar Security Level

Parameter # 1706

SSI # F8h 06h AAh

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar (GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Limited, GS1 DataBar Expanded) barcodes.

➢ Security Level 0 - The decoder operates in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security decoding most in-spec barcodes.
➢ Security Level 1 - This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness.
➢ Security Level 2 - Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
➢ Security Level 3 - If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

GS1 DataBar Security Level 0 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*GS1 DataBar Security Level 1 (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

GS1 DataBar Security Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

GS1 DataBar Security Level 3 (3)

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check

Parameter # 728

SSI # F1h D8h

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar Limited barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between the level of margin check and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of margin check can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of margin check necessary.

Margin Check Level 1 – No clear margin required. This complies with the original GS1 standard, yet can result in erroneous decoding of a DataBar Limited barcode when scanning some UPC symbols that start with digits 9 and 7.
Margin Check Level 2 – Automatic risk detection. This level of margin check can result in erroneous decoding of DataBar Limited barcodes when scanning some UPC symbols. If a misdecode is detected, the decoder operates in Level 3 or Level 1.
➢ Margin Check Level 3 – Margin check level reflects the newly proposed GS1 standard that requires a five times trailing clear margin.
➢ Margin Check Level 4 – Security level extends beyond the standard required by GS1. This level of margin check requires a five times leading and trailing clear

margin.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 3 (3)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 4 (4)

9.19 Symbology-Specific Security Features

Redundancy Level

Parameter # 78

SSI # 4Eh

The decoder offers four levels of decode redundancy. Select higher redundancy levels for decreasing levels of barcode quality. As redundancy levels increase, the decoder's aggressiveness decreases.

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the redundancy level appropriate for the barcode quality:

Redundancy Level 1 - The decoder must read the following code types twice

before decoding:

• Codabar (8 characters or less)
• MSI (4 characters or less)
• D 2 of 5 (8 characters or less)
• I 2 of 5 (8 characters or less)

Redundancy Level 2 - The decoder must read all code types twice before decoding.
Redundancy Level 3 - The decoder must read code types other than the following twice before decoding, but must read the following codes three times:

• Codabar (8 characters or less)

• MSI (4 characters or less)

• D 2 of 5 (8 characters or less)

• I 2 of 5 (8 characters or less)

Redundancy Level 4 - The decoder must read all code types three times before decoding.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Redundancy Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Redundancy Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Redundancy Level 3 (3)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Redundancy Level 4 (4)

Security Level

Parameter # 77

SSI # 4Dh

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for delta barcodes, which include the Code 128 family, UPC/EAN/JAN, and Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of barcode quality. There is an inverse relationship between security and decoder aggressiveness, so choose only that level of security necessary for the application.

➢ Security Level 0 - The decoder operates in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security decoding most in-spec barcodes.
➢ Security Level 1 - This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
➢ Security Level 2 - Select this option if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
➢ Security Level 3 - If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level.

Note: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the decoder. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Security Level 0 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

*Security Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Security Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical bars of varying widths

Security Level 3 (3)

1D Quiet Zone Level

Parameter # 1288

SSI # F8h 05h 08h

This feature sets the level of aggressiveness when decoding barcodes with a reduced quiet zone (the margin on either side of a barcode), and applies to symbologies enabled by a Reduced Quiet Zone parameter. Because higher levels increase the decoding time and risk of misdecodes, it is strongly recommends enabling only the symbologies which require higher quiet zone levels, and leaving Reduced

Quiet Zone disabled for all other symbologies. Options are:

➢ 1D Quiet Zone Level 0 - The decoder performs normally in terms of quiet zone.
1D Quiet Zone Level 1 - The decoder performs more aggressively in terms of quiet zone.
1D Quiet Zone Level 2 - The decoder only requires a quiet zone at the end of barcode for decoding.
1D Quiet Zone Level 3 - The decoder decodes anything in terms of quiet zone or end of barcode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

1D Quiet Zone Level 0 (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

*1D Quiet Zone Level 1 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

1D Quiet Zone Level 2 (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

1D Quiet Zone Level 3 (3)

Intercharacter Gap Size

Parameter # 381

SSI # F0h 7Dh

The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small. Due to various barcode printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed, preventing the decoder from decoding the symbol. If this problem occurs, scan the Large Intercharacter Gaps parameter to tolerate these out-of-specification barcodes.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Normal Intercharacter Gaps (6)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Large Intercharacter Gaps (10)

9.20 Composite

Composite CC-C

Parameter # 341

SSI # F0h 55h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-C.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Enable CC-C (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Disable CC-C (0)

Composite CC-A/B

Parameter # 342

SSI # F0h 56h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-A/B.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Enable CC-A/B (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable CC-A/B (0)

Composite TLC-39

Parameter # 371

SSI # F0h 73h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type TLC-39.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Enable TLC39 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable TLC39 (0)

Composite Inverse

Parameter # 1113

SSI # F8h 04h 59h

Select an option to set Composite for either regular decode or inverse decode. This mode only supports Composite Inverse that includes DataBar combined with CCAB,

and does not support other 1D/2D combinations.

For this parameter to function, first enable Composite CC-A/B.

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes regular Composite barcodes only. Before selecting this, set Inverse 1D to Regular Only or Inverse Autodetect.
Inverse Only - The decoder decodes inverse Composite barcodes only. Before selecting this, set Inverse 1D to Inverse Only or Inverse Autodetect.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

*Regular Only (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Inverse Only (1)

UPC Composite Mode

Parameter # 344

SSI # F0h 58h

Select an option for linking UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol:

UPC Never Linked - Transmit UPC barcodes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected.
UPC Always Linked - Transmit UPC barcodes and the 2D portion. If 2D is not present, do not transmit the barcode.
Autodiscriminate UPC Composites - The decoder determines if there is a 2D portion, then transmits the UPC, as well as the 2D portion if present.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*UPC Never Linked (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

UPC Always Linked (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Autodiscriminate UPC Composites (2)

Composite Beep Mode

Parameter # 398

SSI # F0h 8Eh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the number of decode beeps that sound upon decoding a Composite barcode.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Single Beep After Both are Decoded (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Beep as Each Code Type is Decoded (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Double Beep After Both are Decoded (2)

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes

Parameter # 427

SSI # F0h ABh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this mode.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

*Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes (0)

9.21 2D Symbologies

PDF417

Parameter # 15

SSI # 0Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable PDF417.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable PDF417 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Disable PDF417 (0)

MicroPDF417

Parameter # 227

SSI # E3h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MicroPDF417.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable MicroPDF417 (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable MicroPDF417 (0)

Code 128 Emulation

Parameter # 123

SSI # 7Bh

Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as Code 128. You must enable AIM Code ID Character (1) for this parameter to work.

Note: Linked MicroPDF codewords 906, 907, 912, 914, and 915 are not supported. Use GS1 Composites Instead.

Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

]C1 if the first codeword is 903-905

]C2 if the first codeword is 908 or 909

]C0 if the first codeword is 910 or 911

Disable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

|L3 if the first codeword is 903-905

]L4 if the first codeword is 908 or 909

]L5 if the first codeword is 910 or 911

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable Code 128 Emulation (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable Code 128 Emulation (0)

Data Matrix

Parameter # 292

SSI # F0h 24h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Data Matrix.

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Enable Data Matrix (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Disable Data Matrix (0)

GS1 Data Matrix

Parameter # 1336

SSI # F8h 05h 38h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable GS1 Data Matrix.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable GS1 Data Matrix (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable GS1 Data Matrix (0)

Data Matrix Inverse

Parameter # 588

SSI # F1h 4Ch

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting:

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes regular Data Matrix barcodes only.
➢ Inverse Only - The decoder decodes inverse Data Matrix barcodes only.
Inverse Autodetect - The decoder decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix

barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Regular Only (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Inverse Only (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*Inverse Autodetect (2)

Decode Data Matrix Mirror Images

Parameter # 537

SSI # F1h 19h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix barcodes:

➢ Never - Do not decode Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images.
Always - Decode only Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images.
➢ Auto - Decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix barcodes.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Never (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Always (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Auto (2)

Maxicode

Parameter # 294

SSI # F0h 26h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Maxicode.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable Maxicode (1)

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Disable Maxicode (0)

QR Code

Parameter # 293

SSI # F0h 25h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable QR Code.

Note: Inverse QR barcodes decode if QR Code is enabled.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Enable QR Code (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Disable QR Code (0)

GS1 QR

Parameter # 1343

SSI # F8h 05h 3Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable GS1 QR.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10.

*Enable GS1 QR (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Disable GS1 QR (0)

MicroQR

Parameter # 573

SSI # F1h 3Dh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MicroQR.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Enable MicroQR (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Disable MicroQR (0)

Linked QR Mode

Parameter # 1847

SSI # 737h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a linked QR mode.

Linked QR Only - Does not decode individual QRs from a set of linked QR codes.
➢ Individual QR With Headers - Decodes individual QRs from a set of linked

QR codes and keeps the header information and data.

➢ Individual QR No Headers - Decodes individual QRs from a set of linked QR codes and just transmits data without header information.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars on white background

*Linked QR Only (0)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

Individual QR with Headers (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Individual QR No Headers (2)

Aztec

Parameter # 574

SSI # F1h 3Eh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Aztec.

Note: Enabling Aztec also enables Linked Aztec.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10.

*Enable Aztec (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Disable Aztec (0)

Aztec Inverse

Parameter # 589

SSI # F1h 4Dh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select the Aztec inverse decoder setting:

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes regular Aztec barcodes only.
Inverse Only - The decoder decodes inverse Aztec barcodes only.
Inverse Autodetect - The decoder decodes both regular and inverse Aztec barcodes.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Regular Only (0)

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Inverse Only (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Inverse Autodetect (2)

Han Xin

Parameter # 1167

SSI # F8h 04h 8Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Han Xin.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable Han Xin (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Han Xin (0)

Han Xin Inverse

Parameter # 1168

SSI # F8h 04h 90h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Han Xin inverse decoder setting:

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with normal reflectance only.
Inverse Only - The decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with inverse reflectance only.
Inverse Autodetect - The decoder decodes both regular and inverse Han Xin barcodes.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Regular Only (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Inverse Only (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Inverse Autodetect (2)

Grid Matrix

Parameter # 1718

SSI # F8h 06h B6h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Grid Matrix.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Enable (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable (0)

Grid Matrix Inverse

Parameter # 1719

SSI # F8h 06h B7h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix inverse decoder setting:

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes regular Grid Matrix barcodes only.
Inverse Only - The decoder decodes inverse Grid Matrix barcodes only.
Autodiscriminate - The decoder decodes both regular and inverse Grid Matrix barcodes.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Regular Only (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Inverse Only (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Autodiscriminate (2)

Grid Matrix Mirror

Parameter # 1736

SSI # F8h 06h C8h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix mirror decoder setting:

➢ Regular Only - The decoder decodes regular Grid Matrix barcodes only.
Mirrored Only - The decoder decodes mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes only.
Auto-discriminate - The decoder decodes both regular and mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes.

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols

*Regular Only (0)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Mirrored Only (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Autodiscriminate (2)

9.22 Macro PDF Features

Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The decoder can decode symbols encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 Kb of decoded data from up to 50 MacroPDF symbols.

CAUTION: When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as each sequence has unique identifiers. Do not mix barcodes from several Macro PDF sequences, even if they encode the same data. When scanning a Macro PDF sequence, scan the entire sequence without interruption. When scanning a mixed sequence, two long low beeps (low/low) indicate an inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error.

Macro PDF User Indications

In this mode the decoder provides the following feedback.

Table 9-2 Macro PDF User Indications

User Scans	Passthrough All Symbols		Transmit Any Symbol in Set		Buffer All Symbols
	Beep	T	Beep	T	Beep	T
Last Macro PDF in set	Decode Beep	Y	Decode Beep	Y	Decode Beep	Y
Any Macro PDF in set except last	Decode Beep	Y	Decode Beep	Y	2 Short Low	N
Macro PDF is not in current Set	Decode Beep	Y	2 Long Low	N	2 Long Low	N
Invalid formatted Macro PDF	Decode Beep	Y	2 Long Low	N	2 Long Low	N
Macro PDF from a set has already been scanned	Decode Beep	Y	4 Long Low	N	4 Long Low	N
Out of Macro PDF memory	N/A		3 Long Low	N	3 Long Low	N
Any non-Macro PDF scanned during a set	N/A	-	4 Long Low	N	4 Long Low	N
Flush Macro PDF	Low High	N	5 Long Low	N	5 Long Low	Y
Abort Macro PDF	High Low High Low	N	High Low High Low	N	High Low High Low	N
Note:1. The beep only sounds if the *BEEPER_ON signal is connected.2. The column marked T indicates whether the symbol is transmitted to the host.N = No transmission.

Macro PDF Transmit / Decode Mode Symbols

Parameter # 188

SSI # BCh

Select one of the following options for handling Macro PDF decoding. In Buffer All Symbols the decoder can handle sets of up to 50 maximum-sized Macro PDF symbols. In all other modes there is no limit to the size of the MacroPDF set.

Buffer All Symbols / Transmit Macro PDF When Complete: This transmits all decode data from an entire Macro PDF sequence only when the entire sequence is scanned and decoded. Use the beeper and LED signals provided with the SE4107 when using this mode to ensure proper user feedback. If the decode data exceeds the limit of 50 symbols, there is no transmission because the entire sequence was not scanned. Use the parameter Flush Macro Buffer to purge the buffer.

➢ Transmit Any Symbol in Set / No Particular Order: This transmits data from each Macro PDF symbol as decoded, regardless of the sequence (although some error handling is performed; see Table 9-2 and the appropriate Signal Description tables. When selecting this mode, enable Transmit Macro PDF Control Header. Also use the beeper and LED signals provided with the SE4107 to ensure proper

user feedback.

➢ Passthrough All Symbols: This transmits and decodes all Macro PDF symbols and performs no processing. In this mode the host is responsible for detecting and parsing the Macro PDF sequences.

Use this mode when the decoder's BEEPER_ON signal is not used to drive a beeper (see the appropriate signal descriptions tables and the appropriate Imager Engine Signal Descriptions). In the other modes, some Macro PDF scanning sequences provide audible feedback only, so if BEEPER_ON is not used no user feedback is provided. In Table 9-2, all actions marked No Transmission provide no feedback unless the BEEPER_ON signal is used. By using Passthrough All Symbols mode every user decode is transmitted to the host where the host software can provide the appropriate feedback.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Buffer All Symbols / Transmit Macro PDF When Complete (00h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Transmit Any Symbol in Set / No Particular Order (01h)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Passthrough All Symbols (04h)

Transmit Macro PDF Control Header

Parameter # 184

SSI # B8h

When enabled, this activates transmission of the control header, which contains the segment index and the file ID, in Macro PDF symbols. For example, the field may be: \92800000\725\120\343. The five digits after the \928 are the segment index (or block index), and \725\120\343 is the file ID.

Enable this when selecting Transmit Any Symbol in Set / No Particular Order for

the Macro PDF Transmit / Decode Mode Symbols, and disable this when selecting

Buffer All Symbols / Transmit Macro PDF When Complete. This parameter has no effect when Passthrough All Symbols is selected.

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Enable Macro PDF Control Header Transmit (01h)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Disable Macro PDF Control Header Transmit (00h)

Escape Characters

Parameter # 233

SSI # E9h

This enables the backslash () character as an Escape character for systems that can process transmissions containing special data sequences. Scan one of the following barcodes to either format special data according to the GLI (Global Label Identifier) protocol, or to disable this parameter. This parameter only affects the data portion of a Macro PDF symbol transmission; the Macro PDF Control Header (if enabled) is always sent with GLI formatting.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'B' in the bottom right corner.

GLI Protocol (02h)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*None (00h)

Flush Macro Buffer

Scan the following barcode to flush the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point, transmit it to the host device, and abort from Macro PDF mode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Flush Macro PDF Buffer

Abort Macro PDF Entry

Scan the following barcode to clear all currently stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and abort from Macro PDF mode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Abort Macro PDF Entry

9.23 Postal Codes

US Postnet

Parameter # 89

SSI # 59h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable US Postnet.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Enable US Postnet (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines on both sides.

*Disable US Postnet (0)

US Planet

Parameter # 90

SSI # 5Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable US Planet.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Enable US Planet (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

*Disable US Planet (0)

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 95

SSI # 5Fh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to transmit US Postal data, which includes both US Postnet and US Planet, with or without the check digit.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Transmit US Postal Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit (0)

UK Postal

Parameter # 91

SSI # 5Bh

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable UK Postal.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable UK Postal (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

*Disable UK Postal (0)

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 96

SSI # 60h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

*Transmit UK Postal Check Digit (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit (0)

Japan Postal

Parameter # 290

SSI # F0h 22h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Japan Postal.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable Japan Postal (1)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

*Disable Japan Postal (0)

Australia Post

Parameter # 291

SSI # F0h 23h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Australia Post.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Enable Australia Post (1)

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

*Disable Australia Post (0)

Australia Post Format

Parameter # 718

SSI # F1h CEh

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a format for Australia Post:

Autodiscriminate (or Smart mode) - Decode the Customer Information Field using the N and C Encoding Tables.

Note: This option increases the risk of misdecodes because the encoded data format does not specify the Encoding Table used for encoding.

Raw Format - Output raw bar patterns as a series of numbers 0 through 3.
➢ Alphanumeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the C Encoding Table.
➢ Numeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the N Encoding Table.

For more information on Australia Post Encoding Tables, refer to the Australia Post

Customer Barcoding Technical Specifications available at http://auspost.com.au.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Autodiscriminate (0)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Raw Format (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Alphanumeric Encoding (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Numeric Encoding (3)

Netherlands KIX Code

Parameter # 326

SSI # F0h 46h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

Enable Netherlands KIX Code (1)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

*Disable Netherlands KIX Code (0)

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

Parameter # 592

SSI # F1h 50h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable USPS 4CB/One

Code/Intelligent Mail.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Enable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Disable USPS 4CB/One
Code/Intelligent Mail (0)

UPU FICS Postal

Parameter # 611

SSI # F1h 63h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable UPU FICS Postal.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Enable UPU FICS Postal (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

*Disable UPU FICS Postal (0)

Mailmark

Parameter # 1337

SSI # F8h 05h 39h

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Mailmark.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

*Disable Mailmark (0)

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, no human-readable text visible

Enable Mailmark (1)

CHAPTER 10: INTELLIGENT DOCUMENT

CAPTURE

10.1 Introduction

Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) is advanced image processing firmware for select imager based decoders. This chapter describes the IDC functionality, provides parameter barcodes to control IDC features, and includes a quick start procedure.

10.2 The IDC Process

Intelligent Document Capture:

1. Verifies a barcode is appropriate to use as an IDC anchor or link. See Barcode Acceptance Test.
2. Determines the rectangular region to capture as an image. See Capture Region Determination.
3. Processes the captured image. See Image Post Processing.
4. Transmits the data. See Data Transmission.

Barcode Acceptance Test

Upon decoding a barcode, the decoder checks that the barcode fits the description of a barcode that anchors or links to an IDC form. To be accepted as an IDC barcode:

The symbology must be enabled for decode, and also enabled via IDC Symbology. The IDC firmware allows enabling between zero and eight symbologies simultaneously: Code 128, Code 39, Interleaved 2 of 5, Discrete 2 of 5, Codabar, PDF417, Data Matrix, and EAN-128.
The decoded data must satisfy the values set in the IDC Minimum Text Length and IDC Maximum Text Length parameters. To disable either of these checks, set the value to zero.

If the barcode does not satisfy both requirements, it is sent as a normal (non-IDC) decode.

An IDC barcode is required when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored or Linked.

Free-Form operating mode does not require a barcode, but transmits decoded data if one is found and satisfies the requirements. If no barcode is decoded, the document capture process starts but may require specifying a non-zero value for the IDC Delay Time. The decoder must wait for at least this amount of time after trigger pull before

capturing a document, unless a barcode is decoded before the time expires.

If Picklist Mode is enabled, the barcode must be directly under the aiming pattern and within the decoder's decode range, and the region to capture must be completely within the decoder's field-of-view.

Capture Region Determination

After accepting an IDC barcode, the firmware establishes the region to capture as an image. The method used depends on the setting of the IDC Operating Mode as follows.

The IDC firmware emits a single low beep after successfully capturing a region. The decoder is then no longer capturing images and can be moved without disturbing the IDC output. Be sure to hold the trigger button until the decode beep, otherwise the IDC process may be aborted.

IDC Operating Mode = Anchored

A coordinate system is built based on the barcode in its rectified (de-skewed) form.

The origin is the center of the barcode, and the x-axis is set toward the right, from the barcode's point of view. The unit module width of the barcode is the unit for x.

Similarly, the y-axis is set toward the up direction. The unit for the y-axis is specified via the parameter IDC Aspect. This is the aspect ratio of a thin bar or space - the barcode's height is divided by this value to get this unit. Set IDC Aspect to zero to automatically calculate the aspect ratio. The barcode can be of different sizes for the same form, as long as the center of the barcode is the same when the barcode's length changes.

From this coordinate system, the IDC area is determined using four parameters: offsets in x and y (IDC X Coordinate, IDC Y Coordinate) to the region's top-left corner, and width and height (IDC Width, IDC Height).

If the capture area is relatively large as compared to the barcode area, the calculation to obtain the capture area is prone to significant errors. A recommended solution is to enclose the form with a single black-lined rectangular border (a box), which is not in contact with any other line on the outside of the form (although it can be connected to lines on the inside of the form). When the IDC Find Box Outline is set, the firmware searches for the box, and does not decode if any edges are broken (such as by a protruding thumb).

The IDC Zoom Limit parameter controls the quality of the captured form. The IDC firmware rejects capturing a form unless the width is at least the IDC Zoom Limit percentage of the IDC Width parameter.

For example, if IDC Zoom Limit is set to 100 and IDC Width is set to 150, the form must be at least 300 pixels wide before it is captured (each unit module is scaled to

two pixels).

The IDC Maximum Rotation parameter controls the maximum rotation any edge of the form can have in relation to the decoder's horizontal or vertical axis.

IDC Operating Mode = Free-Form or Linked

The document capture region is a rectangular piece of paper, or a portion of it enclosed by a rectangular border. In either case, all four sides of the capture region must be completely within the decoder's field-of-view, and there must be sufficient contrast at the border of the capture region. For example, if a piece of white paper contains the document to capture, it must be put in front of a dark background. By default, the decoder captures the largest rectangular region within the field-of-view. To specify a particular border type, use the IDC Border Type parameter. The region must contain at least 10% of the field-of-view in two dimensions. If an IDC barcode is decoded, IDC uses its location to start the search for the capture region. Otherwise, it searches the capture region from the center of the field-of-view. IDC also uses the orientation of a decoded IDC barcode to orient the output image.

Image Post Processing

After determining the document capture region, the firmware de-skews and re-samples the region as follows. Enabling IDC Captured Image Brighten calls normalization, which makes the brightness of the image uniform, and enhances contrast as a large percent of background pixels is made completely white (a smaller percent of pixels is made completely black if the firmware determines there is no danger of enhancing the contrast of a very bland area). Enabling IDC Captured Image Sharpen enhances the sharpness of the image.

IDC re-samples the image about one output pixel per input pixel for Free-Form or Linked modes and two pixels-per-module in Anchored mode.

IDC compresses and transmits the image in one of the standard image formats selected by the IDC File Format Selector, IDC Bits Per Pixel, and IDC JPEG Quality parameters.

Note that it may take several seconds for post processing to complete, depending on the size of the captured region, the options enabled, and the decoder model.

Data Transmission

After processing the captured image, IDC assembles the image with the decoded barcode data (if applicable) into an ISO/IEC 15434 style packet and transmits it to the host. The decoder issues the standard decode beep and the trigger can be released. Be sure to set the USB Device Type.

10.3 PC Application and Programming Support

For a sample application running on the Microsoft Windows operating system, contact your Posiflex representative. This application displays barcode data and/or captured images from Intelligent Document Capture enabled decoders and allows setting and reading IDC parameters. Complete source code and documentation are also provided for developing custom applications. The application includes documentation for the ISO/IEC 15434 format as used by the IDC firmware and C# code to process it.

10.4 Setting Parameters

This section describes the parameters controlling the IDC firmware and provides programming barcodes for setting them.

The decoder ships with the settings shown in Table 10-1 (also see Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the imager powers down.

Note: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

To return all features to default values, scan the Set Factory Defaults. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default *Enable Parameter (1) Feature/option Option value

Image Document Capture Parameter Defaults

Table 10-1 lists defaults for IDC parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

➢ Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters.

Configure the engine using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

Note: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Alternatively, use the sample application to set parameters using the parameter name. The application provides prompts and error checking to assist in setting the parameters correctly and easily. You must use an application to set a parameter to a negative value, as the IDC X Coordinate can require.

Table 10-1 Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) Parameter Defaults

Parameter	Parameter Name	Parameter ^1	SSI Number ^2	Default
Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) Parameters
IDC Operating Mode	DocCap_MODE	594	F1h 52h	Off
IDC Symbology	DocCap_SYMBOLOGY	655	F1h 8Fh	001
IDC X Coordinate	DocCap_X	596	F4h F1h 54h	-151
IDC Y Coordinate	DocCap_Y	597	F4h F1h 55h	-050
IDC Width	DocCap_WIDTH	598	F1h 56h	0300
IDC Height	DocCap_HEIGHT	599	F1h 57h	0050
IDC Aspect	DocCap_ASPECT	595	F1h 53h	000
IDC File Format Selector	DocCap_FMT	601	F1h 59h	JPEG
IDC Bits Per Pixel	DocCap_BPP	602	F1h 5Ah	8 BPP
IDC JPEG Quality	DocCap_JPEG_Qual	603	F1h 5Bh	065
IDC Find Box Outline	Sig_FINDBOX	727	F1h D7h	Disable
IDC Minimum Text Length	DocCap_MIN_TEXT	656	F1h 90h	00
IDC Maximum Text Length	DocCap_MAX_TEXT	657	F1h 91h	00
IDC Captured Image Brighten	Sig_BRIGHTEN	654	F1h 8Eh	Enable
IDC Captured Image Sharpen	Sig_SHARPEN	658	F1h 92h	Enable
IDC Border Type	DocCap_BORDER	829	F2h 3Dh	None
IDC Delay Time	DocCap_DELAY	830	F2h 3Eh	000
IDC Zoom Limit	Sig_MIN_PERCENT	651	F1h 8Bh	000
IDC Maximum Rotation	Sig_MAX_ROT	652	F1h 8Ch	00
Note ^1 : Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. Note ^2 : SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

10.5 IDC Operating Mode

Parameter Name: DocCap\_MODE

Parameter # 594

SSI # F1h 52h

Select the operating mode of the Intelligent Document Capture firmware:

▶ Off - Disables the IDC feature.
- Anchored - Requires a barcode decode. The image capture region is based off this barcode.
Free-Form - A printed border or page edge defines the image capture region. A barcode is optional.
Linked - A printed border or page edge defines the image capture region. A barcode is required.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

*Off (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Anchored (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central '1' mark

Free-Form (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Linked (3)

10.6 IDC Symbology

Parameter Name: DocCap\_SYMBOLGY

Parameter # 655

SSI # F1h 8Fh

Select the barcode type(s) to use when Document Capture mode is not set to Off. To enable more than one symbology at a time, simply add the values together. For example, to enable PDF417, Data Matrix, and Code 39 write a value of 98 (32 + 64 + 2).

Scan the following barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 001 to 511 decimal. The default is 001.

Table 10-2 IDC Symbologies

Symbology	Value (Decimal)
Code 128	1
Code 39	2
I 2 of 5	4
D 2 of 5	8
Codabar	16
PDF 417	32
Data Matrix	64
EAN 128	128
Aztec	256

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

IDC Symbology

10.7 IDC X Coordinate

Parameter Name: DocCap\_X

Parameter # 596

SSI # F4h F1h 54h

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Specify

the horizontal offset to the top left corner of the region to capture relative to the center of the barcode. Negative values move toward the left.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of +/- 1279. The default is -151. Note that you must use an application to set a negative value.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

IDC X Coordinate

10.8 IDC Y Coordinate

Parameter Name: DocCap\_Y

Parameter # 597

SSI # F4h F1h 55h

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Specify the vertical offset to the top left corner of the region to capture relative to the center of the barcode. Negative values move toward the top.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of +/- 1023. The default is -050. Note that you must use an application to set a negative value.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

IDC Y Coordinate

10.9 IDC Width

Parameter Name: DocCap_WIDTH

Parameter # 598

SSI # F1h 56h

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Specify the width of the region to capture.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 0000 to 1279. The default is 0300.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

IDC Width

10.10 IDC Height

Parameter Name: DocCap\_HEIGHT

Parameter # 599

SSI # F1h 57h

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Specify the height of the region to capture.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 0000 to 1279. The default is 0050.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

IDC Height

10.11 IDC Aspect

Parameter Name: DocCap\_ASPECT

Parameter # 595

SSI # F1h 53h

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Specify the barcode's aspect ratio of a thin bar or space. The barcode's height is divided by this value to obtain the unit in the y-axis. Set this parameter to zero to calculate the aspect

value automatically.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 000 to 255. The default is 000.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

IDC Aspect

10.12 IDC File Format Selector

Parameter Name: DocCap\_FMT

Parameter # 601

SSI # F1h 59h

Select a document capture file format appropriate for your system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The decoder stores captured areas in the selected format.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the distribution of a barcode.

*JPEG (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

BMP (3)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

TIFF (4)

10.13 IDC Bits Per Pixel

Parameter Name: DocCap\_BPP

Parameter # 602

SSI # F1h 5Ah

Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select 1 BPP for a black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel.

Note: The decoder ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

1 BPP (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

4 BPP (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

*8 BPP (2)

10.14 IDC JPEG Quality

Parameter Name: DocCap\_JPEG\_Qual

Parameter # 603

SSI # F1h 5Bh

Set the amount of JPEG compression to perform on the captured image. Higher numbers produce a better quality image but larger files.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 005 to 100 decimal. The default is 065.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

IDC JPEG Quality

10.15 IDC Find Box Outline

Parameter Name: Sig_FINDBOX

Parameter # 727

SSI # F1h D7h

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Scan

Enable Find Box Outline to search for a rectangular border during document capture.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white bars representing the number 10

Enable Find Box Outline (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

*Disable Find Box Outline (0)

10.16 IDC Minimum Text Length

Parameter Name: DocCap_MIN_TEXT

Parameter # 656

SSI # F1h 90h

Specify the minimum number of characters encoded in a barcode for the IDC firmware to use it as an anchored or linked barcode. Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking and use all barcodes.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 00 to 55 decimal. The default is 00.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

IDC Minimum Text Length

10.17 IDC Maximum Text Length

Parameter Name: DocCap\_MAX\_TEXT

Parameter # 657

SSI # F1h 91h

Specify the maximum number of characters encoded in a barcode for the IDC firmware to use it as an anchored or linked barcode. Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking and use all barcodes.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 00 to 55 decimal. The default is 00.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

IDC Maximum Text Length

10.18 IDC Captured Image Brighten

Parameter Name: Sig\_BRIGHTEN

Parameter # 654

SSI # F1h 8Eh

Enable Captured Image Brighten to make image brightness uniform and enhance contrast such that a large percent of the background pixels is made completely white (a smaller percent of pixels is made completely black if the program determines there is no danger of enhancing the contrast of a very bland area).

Note: This parameter is also used for Signature Capture.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Enable Captured Image Brighten (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Disable Captured Image Brighten (0)

10.19 IDC Captured Image Sharpen

Parameter Name: Sig_SHARPEN

Parameter # 658

SSI # F1h 92h

Enable this to enhance the sharpness of the image.

Note: This parameter is also used for Signature Capture.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

*Enable Captured Image Sharpen (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Disable Captured Image Sharpen (0)

10.20 IDC Border Type

Parameter Name: DocCap_BORDER

Parameter # 829

SSI # F2h 3Dh

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Free-Form or Linked. Select the style of border used to determine the outline of the capture region:

None - Capture the largest rectangular region within the field-of-view.
➢ Black - The border must be black (such as a printed rectangular border).
➢ White - The border must be white (e.g., paper edge on a dark background).
- Advanced Edge Detection (AED) - Capture a region defined by edges of any color and potentially broken.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*None (0)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Black (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

White (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Advanced Edge Detection (AED) (3)

10.21 IDC Delay Time

Parameter Name: DocCap\_DELAY

Parameter # 830

SSI # F2h 3Eh

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Free-Form. Set the delay for capturing a document after a trigger pull. Decoding a barcode aborts this delay.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 000 to 200 decimal in units of 10 msec. The default is 000.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

IDC Delay Time

10.22 IDC Zoom Limit

Parameter Name: Sig\_MIN\_PERCENT

Parameter # 651

SSI # F1h 8Bh

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Set the minimal "zoom" percentage value of a form for it to be considered for capture. This controls the quality of the captured form. The IDC firmware rejects capturing a form unless the width is at least the IDC Zoom Limit percentage of the IDC Width parameter. For example, if you set this parameter to 100 and IDC Width to 150, the form must be at least 300 pixels wide before it is captured (each unit module is scaled to two pixels).

Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 000 to 100 percent. The default is 000.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

IDC Zoom Limit

10.23 IDC Maximum Rotation

Parameter Name: Sig\_MAX\_ROT

Parameter # 652

SSI # F1h 8Ch

This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored. Set the maximum rotation any edge of the form can have in relation to the decoder's

horizontal or vertical axis for it to be considered for capture. Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking.

Scan the following barcode, and then scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes in the range of 00 to 45 decimal. The default is 00.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

IDC Maximum Rotation

10.24 Quick Start

This section familiarizes you with some of the Intelligent Document Capture features. IDC Demonstrations includes instructions to demonstrate the Anchored, Free-Form, and Linked modes using a sample form to provide an understanding of how to use IDC. These examples do not illustrate all capabilities of the advanced IDC firmware. Build upon these using different parameter settings and forms.

Sample IDC Setup

To set up IDC:

1. Connect a decoder equipped with IDC to the host computer's USB port.
2. To set the decoder to the default settings and proper USB host type, scan Set Defaults followed by the Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface barcode. Allow time for the decoder to reset and the USB connection to remunerate after each scan before continuing.

Barcode image with vertical black and white lines on white background

Set Defaults

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface

1. Start the sample application and select the decoder in the SNAPI Scanners drop-down menu.
2. Set parameters as specified in IDC Demonstrations using the sample application or by scanning parameter barcodes in this guide. The barcode in the sample form is Code 128, which is enabled by default for decoding and as a Document Capture symbology. You can change these settings for your IDC application.
3. Perform each demo. When scanning, aim the decoder at the barcode in the center of the rectangle. Pull the decoder back so the rectangle is fully contained in the aiming pattern. When you pull the trigger, the decoder emits a low tone to indicate that the IDC firmware identified and captured an image, then a decode beep to indicate that the data transmitted. There may be several seconds between the two beeps, depending on the size of the captured image and options selected (de-skew, brighten, etc). You can move the decoder after the first beep, but continue the hold the trigger or the decoder may end the session before sending the data.

10.25 IDC Demonstrations

Anchored Mode Demo

➢ Set IDC Operating Mode to Anchored.
➢ Set parameters to these values:

• Set IDC Height to 100.
• Set IDC Width to 90.
• Set IDC X Coordinate to -175.
• Set IDC Y Coordinate to -50.

➢ Pull the trigger. The decoder decodes the barcode and captures an image of the text scroll.
Rotate the form clockwise so the word Capture is along the bottom edge, and pull the trigger. The decoder decodes the barcode and captures the same image, including orientation. (This example also works with the form rotated counter-clockwise or upside down).
Modify the values for height, width, x, and y. Pull the trigger. The captured area changes in size and location.
➢ Cover the barcode with a small piece of paper (or your finger) and pull the trigger. The decoder does not decode the barcode or capture an image.

What This Demonstrates

Anchored mode captures an image of fixed size and location relative to a barcode on the page. Parameters control the height, width, and location. The IDC firmware

requires that a barcode is present in order to capture an image. It decodes the barcode and uses it to adjust the image to the upright orientation.

Free-Form Mode Demo

Set IDC Operating Mode to Free-Form.
➢ Pull the trigger. The decoder decodes the barcode and captures an image of the entire rectangle, including the contents.
Modify the values for height, width, x, and y. Pull the trigger. Note that the captured image is not affected.
Rotate the form clockwise so the word Capture is along the bottom edge, and pull the trigger. The decoder decodes the barcode and captures the same image, including orientation. (This example also works with the form rotated counterclockwise or upside down).
➢ Cover the barcode with a small piece of paper and pull the trigger. The decoder does not decode the barcode and does not re-orient the captured image to the normal position, i.e., with the logo in the upper-left corner.

What This Demonstrates

Free-Form mode captures an image where a rectangular border on the page determines the size and position. It adjusts the image to the upright orientation if a barcode is found and decoded in the image.

Linked Mode Demo

Set IDC Operating Mode to Linked.

Use the examples from the Free-Form Mode Demo, noting that the last item (covering the barcode) does not decode the barcode or capture an image.

What This Demonstrates

Linked mode captures an image where a rectangular border on the page determines the size and position. The IDC firmware requires that a barcode is present in order to capture an image. It decodes the barcode and uses it to adjust the image to the upright orientation.

Other Suggestions

Hold the decoder at an angle (up/down or side to side) to the page instead of perpendicular to it. The IDC firmware de-skews and adjusts the brightness (enabled by default) to produce a quality image when the decoder is held at less than ideal conditions.

CHAPTER 11: DATA FORMATTING: ADP, MDF, PREFERRED SYMBOL

11.1 Introduction

This chapter briefly describes the features available for customizing decoder operation.

11.2 Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) allows customizing data before transmission to the host device. Use ADF to edit scanned data to suit the host application's requirements. With ADF you scan one barcode per trigger pull. ADF is programmed using 123Scan. For additional information, refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

11.3 Multicode Data Formatting (Hand-held Mode Only)

Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) enables a 2D decoder to scan all barcodes on a label with a single trigger pull, and then modify and transmit the data to meet host application requirements. MDF supports programming up to nine unique labels into one decoder. MDF also supports scanning multiple barcodes on opposite sides of a box by holding the trigger.

MDF options include:

▶ Output all or specific barcodes.
▶ Control the barcode output sequence.
➢ Apply unique multicode data formatting (MDF) to each output barcode.
➢ Discard scanned data if all required barcodes are not present.

Programming a Decoder

Using 123Scan, programming an MDF is similar to programming an ADF rule. MDF programming is saved in a 123Scan configuration file.
MDF can be deployed to a fleet of 2D decoders using the Scanner Management Service (SMS) through a traditional SMS package.

For more information, refer to the Multicode Data Formatting and Preferred Symbol User Guide, p/n MN-002895-xx.

11.4 Preferred Symbol

Preferred Symbol is a barcode prioritization technique that enables favored decoding of high priority barcode(s). The Preferred Symbol is the only barcode that is decoded and output within the preset Preferred Symbol Timeout. During this time, the decoder attempts to decode the prioritized barcode and reports only this barcode.

For more information, refer to the Multicode Data Formatting and Preferred Symbol User Guide, p/n MN-002895-xx.

To program Preferred Symbol via 123Scan, select 123Scan > Configuration Wizard > Symbologies screen, and then select Preferred Symbol from the drop-down menu.

Preferred Symbol programming is saved in the 123Scan configuration file.

CHAPTER 12: STANDARD PARAMETER

DEFAULTS

Table 12-1 Standard Default Parameters Table

Parameter	Parameter Number1	SSI Number2	Default
User Preferences
Set Default Parameter	N/A	N/A	Restore Defaults
Parameter Bar Code Scanning	236	ECh	Enable
Lock Parameter Scanning	802	F2h 22h	Disable
Unlock Parameter Scanning	803	F2h 23h	Disable
User Parameter Pass Through	625	F1h 71h	Disable
Beep After Good Decode	56	38h	Enable
Beep on	150	96h	Enable
Beep Volume	140	8Ch	High
Beep Tone	145	91h	Medium
Beep Duration	628	F1h 74h	Medium
Suppress Power Up Beeps	721	F1h D1h	Do Not Suppress
Decode LED Behavior	744	F1h E8h	Enable
Direct Decode Indicator	859	F2h 5Bh	Disable
Low Power Mode	128	80h	Enable
Time Delay to Low Power Mode	146	92h	1 Second
Trigger Mode	138	8Ah	Standard (Level)
Decode Aiming Pattern	306	F0h 32h	Enable
Picklist Mode	402	F0h 92h	Disable Picklist Mode Always
Continuous Barcode Read	649	F1h 89h	Disable
Unique Barcode Reporting	723	F1h D3h	Disable
Decode Session Timeout	136	88h	9.9 Seconds
Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol	137	89h	0.6 Seconds
Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols	144	90h	0.2 Seconds
Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol	724	F1h D4h	Disable
Low Light Motion DetectionAssist	810	F2h 2Ah	Disable
Presentation Mode Field of View	609	F1h 61h	Medium Field of View
Scene Detect Sensitivity	1943	F8h 97h	Medium
Mirrored Image	624	F1h 70h	Disable
Mobile Phone/Display Mode	716	F1h CCh	Disable
Validate Concatenated Parameter Barcodes	692	F1h B4h	Disable
PDF Prioritization	719	F1h CFh	Disable
PDF Prioritization Timeout	720	F1h D0h	200 ms
Motion Tolerance	858	F2h 5Ah	Less Motion Tolerance
Miscellaneous Options
Enter Key	N/A	N/A	N/A
Tab Key	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transmit Code ID Character	45	2Dh	None
Prefix Value	99, 105	63h, 69h	7013
Suffix 1 Value	98, 104	62h, 68h	7013
Suffix 2 Value	100, 106	64h, 6Ah
Scan Data Transmission Format	235	EBh	Data As Is
FN1 Substitution Values	103, 109	67h, 6Dh	7013
Transmit “No Read” Message	94	5E	Disable
Send Versions
Report Version	N/A	N/A	N/A
Report Scan Engine Manufacturing Information	N/A	N/A	N/A
Image Capture Preferences
Operational Modes	N/A	N/A	N/A
Aim Brightness	668	F1h 9Ch	2 (High)
Illumination Brightness	669	F1h 9Dh	10
LED Illumination	429	F0h ADh	Internal LED Illumination
Decoding Autoexposure	297	F0h 29h	Enable
Decoding Illumination	298	F0h 2Ah	Enable
Image Capture Autoexposure	360	F0h 68h	Enable
Image Capture Illumination	361	F0h 69h	Enable
Fixed Gain	568	F1h 38h	50
Fixed Exposure	567	F4h F1h 37h	100 (10 ms)
Analog Gain	1232	F4h D0h	Analog Gain x 2
Snapshot Mode Timeout	323	F0h 43h	0 (30 seconds)
Snapshot Aiming Pattern	300	F0h 2Ch	Enable
Silence Operational Mode Changes	1293	F8h 05h 0Dh	Disable (do not silence)
Image Cropping	301	F0h 2Dh	Disable
Crop to Pixel Addresses	315	F4h F0h 3Bh	0 top, 0 left, 959
	316	F4h F0h 3Ch	bottom, 1279
	317	F4h F0h 3Dh	right
	318	F4h F0h 3Eh
Image Size (Number of Pixels)	302	F0h 2Eh	Full
Image Brightness (Target White)	390	F0h 86h	180
JPEG Image Options	299	F0h 2Bh	Quality
JPEG Quality Value	305	F0h 31h	65
JPEG Size Value	561	F1h 31h	160 kB
Image File Meta Data	693	F1h B5h	Disable
Image Enhancement	564	F1h 34h	Low (1)
Image File Format Selection	304	F0h 30h	JPEG
Image Rotation	665	F1h 99h	0
Bits per Pixel (BPP)	303	F0h 2Fh	8 BPP
Signature Capture	93	5Dh	Disable
Signature Capture Image File Format Selection	313	F0h 39h	JPEG
Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP)	314	F0h 3Ah	8 BPP
Signature Capture Width	366	F4h F0h 6Eh	400
Signature Capture Height	367	F4h F0h 6Fh	100
Signature Capture JPEG Quality	421	F0h A5h	65
Video Mode Format Selector	916	F2h 94h	JPEG
Video View Finder	324	F0h 44h	Disable
Target Video Frame Size	328	F0h 48h	2200 bytes
Video View Finder Image Size	329	F0h 49h	1700 bytes
Video Subsampling	667	F1h 9Bh	1/4 resolution
USB Host Parameters
USB Device Type	N/A	N/A	Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking	N/A	N/A	Enable
USB Keystroke Delay	N/A	N/A	No Delay
USB Caps Lock Override	N/A	N/A	Disable
Barcodes with Unknown Characters	N/A	N/A	Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters
USB Convert Unknown to Code 39	N/A	N/A	Disable
USB Fast HID	N/A	N/A	Enable
USB Polling Interval	N/A	N/A	8 msec.
USB Remote Wakeup	N/A	N/A	Disable
Keypad Emulation	N/A	N/A	Disable
Quick Keypad Emulation	N/A	N/A	Disable
Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero	N/A	N/A	Disable
USB FN1 Substitution	N/A	N/A	Disable
Function Key Mapping	N/A	N/A	Disable
Simulated Caps Lock	N/A	N/A	Disable
Convert Case	N/A	N/A	None
USB Static CDC	N/A	N/A	Enable
TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive	N/A	N/A	Ignore
TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive	N/A	N/A	Ignore
TGCS (IBM) USB Specification Version	N/A	N/A	Version 2.2
SSI Host Parameters
Select SSI Host	N/A	N/A	N/A
Baud Rate	156	9Ch	9600
Parity	158	9Eh	None
Check Parity	151	97h	Disable
Stop Bits	157	9Dh	1
Software Handshaking	159	9Fh	ACK/NAK
Host RTS Line State	154	9Ah	Low
Decode Data Packet Format	238	EEh	Send Raw Decode Data
Host Serial Response Timeout	155	9Bh	Low – 2 Seconds
Host Character Timeout	239	EFh	Low – 200 msec
Multipacket Option	334	F0h 4Eh	Multipacket Option 1
Interpacket Delay	335	F0h 4Fh	Minimum – 0 msec
Event Reporting
Decode Event	256	F0h 00h	Disable
Boot Up Event	258	F0h 02h	Disable
Parameter Event	259	F0h 03h	Disable
Serial Interface
Serial Host Types	N/A	N/A	Standard RS-232
Baud Rate	N/A	N/A	9600
Parity Type	N/A	N/A	None
Stop Bits	N/A	N/A	1
Data Bits	N/A	N/A	8-bit
Check Receive Errors	N/A	N/A	Enable
Hardware Handshaking	N/A	N/A	None
Software Handshaking	N/A	N/A	None
Host Serial Response Time-out	N/A	N/A	2 Sec
RTS Line State	N/A	N/A	Low RTS
Beep on	N/A	N/A	Disable
Intercharacter Delay	N/A	N/A	0 msec
Nixdorf Beep/LED Options	N/A	N/A	Normal Operation
Ignore Unknown Characters	N/A	N/A	Send Barcode
OCR Programming Parameters
OCR-A	680	F1h A8h	Disable
OCR-A Variant	684	F1h ACh	OCR-A Full ASCII
OCR-B	681	F1h A9h	Disable
OCR-B Variant	685	F1h ADh	OCR-B FullASCII
MICR E13B	682	F1h AAh	Disable
US Currency Serial Number	683	F1h ABh	Disable
OCR Orientation	687	F1h AFh	0°
OCR Lines	691	F1h B3h	1
OCR Minimum Characters	689	F1h B1h	3
OCR Maximum Characters	690	F1h B2h	100
OCR Subset	686	F1h AEh	Selected font variant
OCR Quiet Zone	695	F1h B7h	50
OCR Template	547	F1h 23h	54R
OCR Check Digit Modulus	688	F1h B0h	1
OCR Check Digit Multiplier	700	F1h BCh	121212121212
OCR Check Digit Validation	694	F1h B6h	None
Inverse OCR	856	F2h 58h	Regular
OCR Redundancy	1770	F8h 06h EAh	Level 1
Enable/Disable All Code Types
1D Symbologies
UPC/EAN/JAN
UPC-A	1	01h	Enable
UPC-E	2	02h	Enable
UPC-E1	12	0Ch	Disable
EAN-8/JAN 8	4	04h	Enable
Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit	1881	F8 07 59	Enable
EAN-13/JAN 13	3	03h	Enable
Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit	1882	F8 07 5A	Enable
Bookland EAN	83	53h	Disable
Bookland ISBN Format	576	F1h 40h	ISBN-10
ISSN EAN	617	F1h 69h	Disable
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (2 and 5 digits)	16	10h	Ignore
User-Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1: Supplemental 2:	579 580	F1h 43h F1h 44h	000
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy	80	50h	10
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID	672	F1h A0h	Combined
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit	40	28h	Enable
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit	41	29h	Enable
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit	42	2Ah	Enable
UPC-A Preamble	34	22h	System Character
UPC-E Preamble	35	23h	System Character
UPC-E1 Preamble	36	24h	System Character
Convert UPC-E to UPC-A	37	25h	Disable
Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A	38	26h	Disable
EAN/JAN Zero Extend	39	27h	Disable
UCC Coupon Extended Code	85	55h	Disable
Coupon Report	730	F1h DAh	New Coupon Format
UPC Reduced Quiet Zone	1289	F8h 05h 09h	Disable
Code 128
Code 128	8	08h	Enable
Set Length(s) for Code 128	209, 210	D1h, D2h	Any Length
GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)	14	0Eh	Enable
ISBT 128	84	54h	Enable
ISBT Concatenation	577	F1h 41h	Disable
Check ISBT Table	578	F1h 42h	Enable
ISBT Concatenation Redundancy	223	DFh	10
Code 128 < FNC4>	1254	F8h 04h E6h	Honor
Code 128 Security Level	751	F1h EFh	Security Level 1
Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone	1208	F8h 04h B8h	Disable
Code 39
Code 39	0	00h	Enable
Trioptic Code 39	13	0Dh	Disable
Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code)	86	56h	Disable
Code 32 Prefix	231	E7h	Disable
Set Length(s) for Code 39	18, 19	12h, 13h	1 to 55
Code 39 Check Digit Verification	48	30h	Disable
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit	43	2Bh	Disable
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion	17	11h	Disable
Code 39 Security Level	750	F1h EEh	Security Level 1
Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone	1209	F8h 04h B9h	Disable
Code 93
Code 93	9	09h	Enable
Set Length(s) for Code 93	26, 27	1Ah, 1Bh	1 to 55
Code 11
Code 11	10	0Ah	Disable
Set Lengths for Code 11	28, 29	1Ch, 1Dh	4 to 55
Code 11 Check Digit Verification	52	34h	Disable
Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s)	47	2Fh	Disable
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)	6	06h	Enable
Set Lengths for I 2 of 5	22, 23	16h, 17h	6 to 55
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification	49	31h	Disable
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit	44	2Ch	Disable
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13	82	52h	Disable
Febraban	1750	F8h 06h D6h	Disable
I 2 of 5 Security Level	1121	F8h 04h 61h	Security Level 1
I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone	1210	F8h 04h BAh	Disable
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Discrete 2 of 5	5	05h	Disable
Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5	20, 21	14h, 15h	1 to 55
Codabar (NW - 7)
Codabar	7	07h	Enable
Set Lengths for Codabar	24, 25	18h, 19h	4 to 55
CLSI Editing	54	36h	Disable
NOTIS Editing	55	37h	Disable
Codabar Security Level	1776	F8h 06h F0h	Security Level 1
Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection	855	F2h 57h	Upper Case
Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification	1784	F8h 06h F8h	Disable
Transmit Codabar Check Digit	704	F1h C0h	Disable
MSI
MSI	11	0Bh	Disable
Set Length(s) for MSI	30, 31	1Eh, 1Fh	4 to 55
MSI Check Digits	50	32h	One MSI Check Digit
Transmit MSI Check Digit	46	2Eh	Disable
MSI Check Digit Algorithm	51	33h	Mod 10/Mod 10
MSI Reduced Quiet Zone	1392	F8h 05h 70h	Disable
Chinese 2 of 5
Chinese 2 of 5	408	F0h 98h	Disable
Matrix 2 of 5
Matrix 2 of 5	618	F1h 6Ah	Disable
Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths	619	F1h 6Bh	4 to 55
	620	F1h 6Ch
Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit	622	F1h 6Eh	Disable
Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit	623	F1h 6Fh	Disable
Korean 3 of 5
Korean 3 of 5	581	F1h 45h	Disable
Inverse 1D
Inverse 1D	586	F1h 4Ah	Regular
GS1 DataBar
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional	338	F0h 52h	Enable
GS1 DataBar Limited	339	F0h 53h	Enable
GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked	340	F0h 54h	Enable
Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN/JAN	397	F0h 8Dh	Disable
GS1 DataBar Security Level	1706	F8h 06h AAh	Level 1
GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check	728	F1h D8h	Level 3
Symbology-Specific Security Features
Redundancy Level	78	4Eh	1
Security Level	77	4Dh	1
1D Quiet Zone Level	1288	F8h 05h 08h	1
Intercharacter Gap Size	381	F0h 7Dh	Normal
Composite Codes
Composite CC-C	341	F0h 55h	Disable
Composite CC-A/B	342	F0h 56h	Disable
Composite TLC-39	371	F0h 73h	Disable
Composite Inverse	1113	F8h 04h 59h	Regular Only
UPC Composite Mode	344	F0h 58h	UPC Never Linked
Composite Beep Mode	398	F0h 8Eh	Beep As Each Code Type is Decoded
GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes	427	F0h ABh	Disable
2D Symbologies
PDF417	15	0Fh	Enable
MicroPDF417	227	E3h	Disable
Code 128 Emulation	123	7Bh	Disable
Data Matrix	292	F0h 24h	Enable
GS1 Data Matrix	1336	F8h 05h 38h	Disable
Data Matrix Inverse	588	F1h 4Ch	Inverse Autodetect
Decode Data Matrix Mirror Images	537	F1h 19h	Auto
Maxicode	294	F0h 26h	Disable
QR Code	293	F0h 25h	Enable
GS1 QR	1343	F8h 05h 3Fh	Enable
MicroQR	573	F1h 3Dh	Enable
Linked QR Mode	1847	737h	Linked QR Only
Aztec	574	F1h 3Eh	Enable
Aztec Inverse	589	F1h 4Dh	Inverse Autodetect
Han Xin	1167	F8h 04h 8Fh	Disable
Han Xin Inverse	1168	F8h 04h 90h	Regular
Grid Matrix	1718	F8h 06h B6h	Disable
Grid Matrix Inverse	1719	F8h 06h B7h	Regular Only
Grid Matrix Mirror	1736	F8h 06h C8h	Regular Only
Macro PDF
Macro PDF Transmit/Decode Mode Symbols	188	BCh	Passthrough Mode
Transmit Macro PDF Control Header	184	B8h	Enable
Escape Characters	233	E9h	None
Flush Macro PDF Buffer	N/A	N/A	N/A
Abort Macro PDF Entry	N/A	N/A	N/A
Postal Codes
US Postnet	89	59h	Disable
US Planet	90	5Ah	Disable
Transmit US Postal Check Digit	95	5Fh	Enable
UK Postal	91	5Bh	Disable
Transmit UK Postal Check Digit	96	60h	Enable
Japan Postal	290	F0h 22h	Disable
Australia Post	291	F0h 23h	Disable
Australia Post Format	718	F1h CEh	Autodiscriminate
Netherlands KIX Code	326	F0h 46h	Disable
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail	592	F1h 50h	Disable
UPU FICS Postal	611	F1h 63h	Disable
Mailmark	1337	F8h 05h 39h	Disable
Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) Parameters
IDC Operating Mode	594	F1h 52h	Off
IDC Symbology	655	F1h 8Fh	001
IDC X Coordinate	596	F4h F1h 54h	-151
IDC Y Coordinate	597	F4h F1h 55h	-050
IDC Width	598	F1h 56h	0300
IDC Height	599	F1h 57h	0050
IDC Aspect	595	F1h 53h	000
IDC File Format Selector	601	F1h 59h	JPEG
IDC Bits Per Pixel	602	F1h 5Ah	8 BPP
IDC JPEG Quality	603	F1h 5Bh	065
IDC Find Box Outline	727	F1h D7h	Disable
IDC Minimum Text Length	656	F1h 90h	00
IDC Maximum Text Length	657	F1h 91h	00
IDC Captured Image Brighten	654	F1h 8Eh	Enable
IDC Captured Image Sharpen	658	F1h 92h	Enable
IDC Border Type	829	F2h 3Dh	None
IDC Delay Time	830	F2h 3Eh	000
IDC Zoom Limit	651	F1h 8Bh	000
IDC Maximum Rotation	652	F1h 8Ch	00
USB Country Keyboard Types
Country Codes	N/A	N/A	US English(North American)
CJK Control Parameters
Unicode Output Control	N/A	N/A	Universal Output
Note ^1 : Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.Note ^2 : SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

CHAPTER 13: COUNTRY CODES

13.1 Introduction

This chapter provides instructions for programming the keyboard to interface with USB. The host powers the imager. For host setup information, see USB Interface. To select a code page for the country keyboard type, see Country Code Pages. Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

*Indicates Default —* US English (North American)—— Feature/Option

13.2 USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)

Scan the barcode corresponding to the keyboard type. For a USB host, this setting applies only to the USB Keyboard (HID) device. If the keyboard type is not listed, see Quick Keypad Emulation for the USB HID host.

Note: When changing USB country keyboard types the digital imager automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences.

For best results when using international keyboards, enable Quick Keypad Emulation.

Important: Some country keyboard barcode types are specific to certain Windows

Operating Systems (i.e., Win 7 or higher). Barcodes requiring a specific Windows OS are noted so in their barcode captions.

Use the French International barcode for Belgian French keyboards.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

*US English (North American)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Albanian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

US English (Mac)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Arabic (102)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Arabic (101)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Azeri (Latin)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Arabic (102) AZERTY

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Belarusian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Azeri (Cyrillic)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Bosnian (Cyrillic)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Bosnian (Latin)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter) Typewriter – Win 7 or higher)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Bulgarian (Latin)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Canadian French (Legacy)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Canadian French Win7

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Chinese (ASCII)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Canadian Multilingual Standard

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Chinese (Traditional) *

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Chinese (Simplified) *

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Czech

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Croatian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Czech (QWERTY)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Czech (Programmer)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Dutch (Netherlands)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Danish

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Faeroese

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Estonian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

French (France)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Finnish

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Galician

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

French International (Belgian French)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Greek Latin

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

German

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Greek (319) Latin

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Greek (220) Latin

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Greek (220)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom center.

Greek

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Greek Polytonic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Greek (319)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Hebrew Israel

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Hungarian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Icelandic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Hungarian_101KEY

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Italian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Irish

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Japanese (ASCII)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom center.

Italian (142)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Japanese (SHIFT-JIS) *

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Kazakh

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Korean (Hangul) *

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Korean (ASCII)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Latin American

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Kyrgyz

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Latvian (QWERTY)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Latvian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Lithuanian (IBM)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Lithuanian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Maltese_47KEY

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Macedonian (FYROM)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Norwegian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Mongolian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Polish (Programmer)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Polish (214)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top center.

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Romanian (Legacy) (Win 7 or higher)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Portuguese (Portugal)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central 'B' symbol

Romanian (Programmer) (Win 7 or higher)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Romanian (Standard) (Win 7 or higher)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Russian (Typewriter)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Russian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Serbian (Cyrillic)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Serbian (Latin)

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

Thai (Kedmanee)

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Tatar

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Turkish Q

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Turkish F

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Ukrainian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

UK English

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

US Dvorak Left

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

US Dvorak

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

US International

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

US Dvorak Right

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Vietnamese

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Uzbek

CHAPTER 14: COUNTRY CODE PAGES

14.1 Introduction

This chapter provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type selected in the table below. If the default code page in Table 1 is appropriate for your selected country keyboard type, you do not need to scan a country code page barcode.

Note: ADF rules can also specify a code page based on the symbology and other ADF criteria. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

14.2 Country Code Page Defaults

The table below lists the code page default for each country keyboard.

Table 14-1 Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard	Code Page Default
US English (North American)	Windows 1252
US English (Mac)	Mac CP10000
Albanian	Windows 1250
Arabic 101	Windows 1256
Arabic 102	Windows 1256
Arabic 102 AZERTY	Windows 1256
Azeri Latin	Windows 1254
Azeri Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Belarusian	Windows 1251
Bosnian Latin	Windows 1250
Bosnian Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Bulgarian Latin	Windows 1250
Bulgarian Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Canadian French Win7	Windows 1252
Canadian French (Legacy)	Windows 1252
Canadian Multilingual	Windows 1252
Croatian	Windows 1250
Chinese ASCII	Windows 1252
Chinese (Simplified)	Windows 936, GBK
Chinese (Traditional)	Windows 950, Big5
Czech	Windows 1250
Czech Programmers	Windows 1250
Czech QWERTY	Windows 1250
Danish	Windows 1252
Dutch Netherland	Windows 1252
Estonian	Windows 1257
Faeroese	Windows 1252
Finnish	Windows 1252
French (France)	Windows 1252
French International (Belgian French)	Windows 1252
Galician	Windows 1252
German	Windows 1252
Greek Latin	Windows 1252
Greek220 Latin	Windows 1253
Greek319 Latin	Windows 1252
Greek	Windows 1253
Greek220	Windows 1253
Greek319	Windows 1253
Greek Polytonic	Windows 1253
Hebrew Israel	Windows 1255
Hungarian	Windows 1250
Hungarian_101KEY	Windows 1250
Icelandic	Windows 1252
Irish	Windows 1252
Italian	Windows 1252
Italian_142	Windows 1252
Japanese ASCII	Windows 1252
Japanese (Shift-JIS)	Windows 932, Shift-JIS
Kazakh	Windows 1251
Korean ASCII	Windows 1252
Korean (Hangul)	Windows 949, Hangul
Kyrgyz Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Latin America	Windows 1252
Latvian	Windows 1257
Latvian QWERTY	Windows 1257
Lithuanian	Windows 1257
Lithuanian_IBM	Windows 1257
Macedonian-FYROM	Windows 1251
Maltese_47KEY	Windows 1252
Mongolian-Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Norwegian	Windows 1252
Polish_214	Windows 1250
Polish Programmer	Windows 1250
Portuguese Brazilian ABNT	Windows 1252
Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2	Windows 1252
Portuguese Portugal	Windows 1252
Romanian Legacy	Windows 1250
Romanian Standard	Windows 1250
Romanian Programmer	Windows 1250
Russian	Windows 1251
Russian Typewriter	Windows 1251
Serbian Latin	Windows 1250
Serbian Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Slovak	Windows 1250
Slovak QWERTY	Windows 1250
Slovenian	Windows 1250
Spanish	Windows 1252
Spanish Variation	Windows 1252
Swedish	Windows 1252
Swiss French	Windows 1252
Swiss German	Windows 1252
Tatar	Windows 1251
Thai-Kedmanee	Windows 874
Turkish F	Windows 1254
Turkish Q	Windows 1254
Ukrainian	Windows 1251
United Kingdom	Windows 1252
United States	Windows 1252
US Dvorak	Windows 1252
US Dvorak Left Hand	Windows 1252
US Dvorak Right Hand	Windows 1252
US International	Windows 1252
Uzbek Cyrillic	Windows 1251
Vietnamese	Windows 1258

14.3 Country Code Page Barcodes

Scan the barcode corresponding to the country keyboard code page.

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Windows 1250
Latin 2, Central European

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Windows 1251
Cyrillic, Slavic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Windows 1252
Latin 1, Western European

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Windows 1253
Greek

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Windows 1254
Latin 5, Turkish

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Windows 1255
Hebrew

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Windows 1256 Arabic

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Windows 1257 Baltic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Windows 1258 Vietnamese

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Windows 874 Thai

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Windows 20866 Cyrillic KOI8-R

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Windows 932 Japanese Shift-JIS

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Windows 936 Simplified Chinese GBK

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Windows 949
Korean Hangul

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Windows 54936
Simplified Chinese GB18030

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

MS-DOS 437
Latin US

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Windows 950
Traditional Chinese Big5

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

MS-DOS 775
Baltic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

MS-DOS 737
Greek

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

MS-DOS 850
Latin 1

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

MS-DOS 852
Latin 2

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

MS-DOS 855
Cyrillic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

MS-DOS 857
Turkish

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

MS-DOS 860
Portuguese

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

MS-DOS 861
Icelandic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

MS-DOS 862
Hebrew

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

MS-DOS 863
French Canada

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

MS-DOS 866
Cyrillic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

MS-DOS 865
Nordic

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

MS-DOS 869
Greek 2

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

ISO 8859-1
Latin 1, Western European

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ISO 8859-2
Latin 2, Central European

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ISO 8859-3
Latin 3, South European

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

ISO 8859-4
Latin 4, North European

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ISO 8859-5
Cyrillic

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

ISO 8859-6
Arabic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ISO 8859-7
Greek

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ISO 8859-8
Hebrew

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ISO 8859-9
Latin 5, Turkish

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ISO 8859-10
Latin 6, Nordic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

ISO 8859-11
Thai

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

ISO 8859-14
Latin 8, Celtic

Barcode image containing encoded digital information

ISO 8859-13
Latin 7, Baltic

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

ISO 8859-15
Latin 9

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

ISO 8859-16
Latin 10, South-Eastern European

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

UTF-8

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

UTF-16LE
UTF-16 Little Endian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

UTF-16BE
UTF-16 Big Endian

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central '1' mark

Mac CP10000

Roman

CHAPTER 15: CJK DECODE CONTROL

15.1 Introduction

This appendix describes control parameters for CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) barcode decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode.

Note: Because ADF does not support CJK character processing, there is no format manipulation for CJK output.

15.2 CJK Control Parameters

Unicode Output Control

Parameter # 973

For a Unicode encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for unicode output:

Universal Output to Unicode and MBCS Application - This default method applies to Unicode and MBCS expected applications, such as MS Word and Notepad on a Windows host.

Note: To support Unicode universal output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host.

Output to Unicode Application Only - This method applies only to Unicode expected applications, such as MS Word and WordPad, but not Notepad.

Barcode image containing machine-readable data, with vertical black and white lines representing the number 10

*Universal Output (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Unicode Application Only (1)

CJK Output Method to Windows Host

Parameter # 972

For a national standard encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for CJK output to a Windows host:

Universal CJK Output - This is the default universal CJK output method for US English IME or Chinese/Japanese/Korean ASCII IME on a Windows host. This method converts CJK characters to Unicode and emulates the characters when transmitting to the host. Use the Unicode Output Control parameter to control Unicode output.

Note: To support universalCJK output, set up the registry table for the Windows host.

See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host.

Other options for CJK output - With the following methods, the scanner sends the CJK character hexadecimal internal code (Nei Ma) value to host, or converts the CJK character to Unicode and sends the hexadecimal Unicode value to host. When using these methods, the Windows host must select the corresponding IME to accept the CJK character. See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host.

• Japanese Unicode Output
- Simplified Chinese GBK Code Output
- Simplified Chinese Unicode Output
- Korean Unicode Code Output
• Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output (Windows 7)
• Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output (Windows 7)

Note: The Unicode emulate output method depends on the host system (Windows 7).

CJK Output Method to Windows Host

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

*Universal CJK Output (0)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Japanese Unicode Output (34)

(for Japanese Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese Unicode IME on the Windows host)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Chinese (Simplified) GBK Output (1)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Chinese (Simplified) Unicode Output (2)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Korean Unicode Output (50)

(for Korean Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese Unicode IME on the Windows host)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows 7) (19)

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows 7) (20)

Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output

Parameter # 960

Some country keyboard type layouts contain characters that do not exist in the default

code page (see Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters). Although the default code page cannot encode these characters in a barcode, they can be encoded in the UTF-8 barcode. Scan this parameter barcode to output the Unicode values by emulation mode.

Note: Use this special country keyboard type to decode the non-CJK UTF-8 barcode.

After decoding, re-configure the imager to use the original country keyboard type.

Use US English IME on Windows. See Unicode Output Control.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Non-CJK UTF-8 Emulation Output

Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters

Country keyboard type: Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri Default code page: CP1251

Missing characters:

F	F
X	X
K	K
h	h
θ	θ
ɔ	ɔ
Y	Y
H	H
Ж	Ж
F
H	H
¥	¥
K	K
Ч	Ч
K	K

Country keyboard type: Romanian (Standard)

Default code page: CP1250

Missing characters:

§	§
t	T

Country keyboard type: Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT), Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT2)

Default code page: CP1252

Missing character: G

Country keyboard type: Azeri-Latin

Default code page: CP1254

Missing characters: ə, ∂

15.3 Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host

This section describes how to set up CJK decode with a Windows host.

Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output

To support the Unicode universal output method, set up the Windows host registry table as follows:

1. Select Start > Run > regedt32 to start the registry editor.
2. Under HKEY_Current_User\Control Panel\Input Method, set EnableHexNumpad to 1 as follows:

[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method]

"EnableHexNumpad"="1"

If this key does not exist, add it as type REG_SZ (string value).

1. Reboot the computer to implement the registry change.

Adding CJK IME on Windows

To add the desired CJK input language:

1. Click Start > Control Panel.
2. If the Control Panel opens in category view, select Switch to Classic View in the top left corner.
3. Select Regional and Language Options.
4. Click the Language tab.
5. Under Supplemental Language Support, select the Install Files for East Asian Languages check box if not already selected, and click Apply. This may require a Windows installation CD to install the required files. This step ensures that the East Asian Languages (CJK) are available.

6. Under Text Services and Input Language, click Details.

7. Under Installed Services, click Add.

8. In the Add Input Language dialog box, choose the CJK input language and keyboard layout or Input Method Editor (IME) to add.
9. Click OK twice. The language indicator appears in the system tray (at bottom right corner of the desktop by default). To switch between input languages (keyboard languages) select the language indicator in the system tray.
10. Select the language indicator in the system tray to select the desired country keyboard type.
11. Verify that the characters displayed on each country's keyboard appear.

Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host

To select the Simplified Chinese input method:

Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows 7: Chinese (Simplified) - Microsoft Pinyin New Experience Input Style, then select Tool Menu > Secondary Inputs > Unicode Input or GB Code Input.

Figure 2 Unicode/GBK Input on Windows 7 – Simplified Chinese

CH Chinese (Simplified, PRC) Chinese (Simplified) - Microsoft Pinyin New Experience Input Style Input Style Input Mode 0, Punctuation IME Pad Tool Menu Help Unicode Input GB Code Input Return BeYin Input Options... Soft Keyboard User-defined Phrase Tool Secondary Inputs Help About... Cancel

Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host

To select the Traditional Chinese input method, Select Unicode/Big5 input on Windows 7: Chinese (Traditional) - New Quick. This option support both Unicode and Big5 input.

Figure 3 Unicode/Big5 input on Windows 7 Traditional Chinese

CH Chinese (Traditional, Taiwan) Chinese (Traditional) - New Quick Chinese Half Shape Tool Menu Help Chinese (Traditional) - US Keyboard Chinese (Traditional) - New Quick Chinese (Traditional) - ChangJie Chinese (Traditional) - Quick Chinese (Traditional) - Phonetic Chinese (Traditional) - New Phonetic Chinese (Traditional) - New ChangJie Chinese Traditional DaYi (version 6.0) Chinese Traditional Array (version 6.0)

CHAPTER 16: PROGRAMMING REFERENCE

16.1 Symbol Code Identifiers

Table 16-1 Symbol Code Characters

Code Character	Code Type
A	UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13
B	Code 39, Code 32
C	Codabar
D	Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated
E	Code 93
F	Interleaved 2 of 5
G	Discrete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA
H	Code 11
J	MSI
K	GS1-128
L	Bookland EAN
M	Trioptic Code 39
N	Coupon Code
R	GS1 DataBar Family
S	Matrix 2 of 5
T	UCC Composite, TLC 39
U	Chinese 2 of 5
V	Korean 3 of 5
X	ISSN EAN, PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417
z	Aztec, Aztec Rune
P00	Data Matrix
P01	QR Code, MicroQR
P02	Maxicode
P03	US Postnet
P04	US Planet
P05	Japan Postal
P06	UK Postal
P08	Netherlands KIX Code
P09	Australia Post
P0A	USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail
P0B	UPU FICS Postal
P0C	Mailmark
P0D	Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror
P0G	GS1 Data Matrix
P0H	Han Xin
P0Q	GS1 QR
P0X	Signature Capture

16.2 AIM Code Identifiers

Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three-character string ]cm where:

$$ ] = \text { Flag Character(ASCII93) } $$

$$ c = \text { Code Character (see Table 16 - 2) } $$

$$ \mathrm{m} = \text { Modifier Character(see Table 16 - 3) } $$

Table 16-2 Aim Code Characters

Code Character	Code Type
A	Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32
C	Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated, GS1-128, Coupon (Code 128 portion)
d	Data Matrix, GS1 Data Matrix
E	UPC/EAN, Coupon (UPC portion)
e	GS1 DataBar Family
F	Codabar
G	Code 93
H	Code 11
h	Han Xin
I	Interleaved 2 of 5
L	PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417
L2	TLC 39
M	MSI
Q	QR Code, MicroQR, GS1 QR
S	Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5
U	Maxicode
z	Aztec, Aztec Rune
X	Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Trioptic Code 39, Chinese 2 of 5,Matrix 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, US Postnet, US Planet, UKPostal, Japan Postal, Australia Post,Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/ IntelligentMail, UPU FICS Postal, Mailmark,Signature Capture
lg	Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror

The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table 16-3.

Table 16-3 Modifier Characters

Code Type	Option Value	Option
Code 39	0	No check character or Full ASCII processing.
	1	Reader has checked one check character.
	3	Reader has checked and stripped check character.
	4	Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion.
	5	Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked one check character.
	7	Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked and stripped check character.
	Example: A Full ASCII barcode with check character W, A+I+MI+DW, is transmitted as ]A7AIMID where 7 = (3+4).
Trioptic Code 39	0	No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
	Example: A Trioptic barcode 412356 is transmitted as ]X0412356
Code 128	0	Standard data packet, no Function code 1 in first symbol position.
	1	Function code 1 in first symbol character position.
	2	Function code 1 in second symbol character position.
	Example: A Code (EAN) 128 barcode with Function 1 character FNC1 in the first position, AIMID is transmitted as ]C1AIMID
I 2 of 5	0	No check digit processing.
	1	Reader has validated check digit.
	3	Reader has validated and stripped check digit.
	Example: An I 2 of 5 barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]I04123
Code 93	0	No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
	Example: A Code 93 barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as ]G0012345678905
MSI	0	Check digits are sent.
	1	No check digit is sent.
	Example: An MSI barcode 4123, with a single check digit checked, is transmitted as ]M14123
D 2 of 5	0	No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
	Example: A D 2 of 5 barcode 4123, is transmitted as ]S04123
UPC/EAN	0	Standard data packet in full EAN format, i.e., 13 digits for UPC-A, UPC-E, and EAN-13 (not including supplemental data).
	1	Two digit supplemental data only.
	2	Five digit supplemental data only.
	3	Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from EAN-13, UPC-A or UPC-E symbol and 2 or 5 digits from supplemental symbol.
	4	EAN-8 data packet.
	Example: A UPC-A barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as ]E00012345678905
Bookland EAN	0	No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
	Example: A Bookland EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X
ISSN EAN	0	No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
	Example: An ISSN EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X
Code 11	0	Single check digit
	1	Two check digits
	3	Check characters validated but not transmitted.
GS1 DataBar Family		No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited transmit with an Application Identifier “01”. Note: In GS1-128 emulation mode, GS1 DataBar is transmitted using Code 128 rules (i.e., ]C1).
	Example: A GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional barcode 0110012345678902 is transmitted as ]e00110012345678902.
EAN.UCC Composites (GS1 DataBar, GS1-128, 2D portion of UPC		Native mode transmission. Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.
	0	Standard data packet.
composite)	1	Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol separator character.
	2	Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character.The data packet does not support the ECI protocol.
	3	Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character.The data packet supports the ECI protocol.
		GS1-128 emulationNote: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.
	1	Data packet is a GS1-128 symbol (i.e., data is preceded with |JC1).
PDF417, Micro PDF417	0	Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology specifications. Note: When this option is transmitted, the receiver cannot reliably determine whether ECIs have been invoked or whether data byte92DEC has been doubled in transmission.
	1	Reader set to follow the ECI protocol (Extended Channel Interpretation). All data characters 92DEC are doubled.
	2	Reader set for Basic Channel operation (no escape character transmission protocol). Data characters 92DEC are not doubled. Note: When decoders are set to this mode, unbuffered Macro symbols and symbols requiring the decoder to convey ECI escape sequences cannot be transmitted.
	3	The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is 903-907, 912, 914, 915.
	4	The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range 908-909.
	5	The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range 910-911.
	Example: A PDF417 barcode ABCD, with no transmission protocol enabled, is transmitted as |L2ABCD.
Data Matrix	0	ECC 000-140, not supported.
	1	ECC 200.
	2	ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.
	3	ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position.
	4	ECC 200, ECI protocol implemented.
	5	ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position, ECI protocol implemented.
	6	ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position, ECI protocol implemented.
GS1 Data Matrix	2	ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.
MaxiCode	0	Symbol in Mode 4 or 5.
	1	Symbol in Mode 2 or 3.
	2	Symbol in Mode 4 or 5, ECI protocol implemented.
	3	Symbol in Mode 2 or 3, ECI protocol implemented in secondary message.
QR Code	0	Model 1 symbol.
	1	Model 2 / MicroQR symbol, ECI protocol not implemented.
	2	Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented.
	3	Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.
	4	Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.
	5	Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in second position.
	6	Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in second position.
GS1 QR	3	Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.
Aztec	0	Aztec symbol.
	C	Aztec Rune symbol.
Han Xin	0	Generic data, no special features are set. The transmitted data does not follow the AIM ECI protocol.
	1	ECI protocol enabled. There is at least one ECI mode encoded. Transmitted data must follow the AIM ECI protocol.
Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror	0	No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Mailmark	0	No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

CHAPTER 17: SAMPLE BARCODES

Important: To read a sample barcode the parameter must be enabled. To enable a parameter scan the appropriate Enable barcode in Symbologies.

17.1 UPC/EAN

UPC-A, 100%

0 12345 67890 5

UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on

0 12345 67890 34

UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on

0 12345 67890 98765

UPC-E

0 425261 4

UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on

0 425261 98

UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on

0 425261 87654

EAN-8

3123 4566

EAN-13, 100%

3 456789 012340

EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on

3 456789 012340 12

EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on

3 456789 012340 54321

17.2 Code 128

1234567890

GS1-128

(01)94019097685457(13)170119(30)17

17.3 Code 39

123ABC

17.4 Code 93

1234567890

17.5 Code 11 with 2 Check Digits

2468101275

17.6 Interleaved 2 of 5

12345678901231

17.7 MSI with 2 Check Digits

123455834

17.8 Chinese 2 of 5

45454545454

17.9 Matrix 2 of 5

223344

17.10 Korean 3 of 5

| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1400230

17.11 GS1 DataBar

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14)

7612341562341

GS1 DataBar Truncated

(01)00614141999996

GS1 DataBar Stacked

Abstract black-and-white geometric pattern with vertical and horizontal lines (no text or symbols)

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central 'H' mark

GS1 DataBar Limited

(01)00012345678905

GS1 DataBar Expanded

(01)12345678901231

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small 'T' mark in the bottom right corner.

17.12 2D Symbologies

PDF417

Black and white QR code image with vertical lines above and below the pattern

Data Matrix

Black and white QR code image containing encoded data

GS1 Data Matrix

Black and white QR code image containing encoded data

Maxicode

Abstract pattern with concentric circles and scattered dots (no text or symbols)

QR Code

QR code image containing encoded data, no visible human-readable text

GS1 QR

QR code image containing encoded data, no visible human-readable text

MicroQR

QR code image containing encoded data, no visible human-readable text

Aztec

QR code image containing encoded data, no visible human-readable text

0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ01234567890123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789

Grid Matrix

Note: Grid Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Grid Matrix).

Black and white QR code pattern with pixelated digits in the center

Han Xin

QR code image containing encoded data, no visible human-readable text

17.13 Postal Codes

US Postnet

0123456784

UK Postal

001ABCD1AB9MX

Japan Postal

5008861

Australian Post

39549554

17.14OCR

OCR-A

WFSGH67890

OCR-B

12345ABMKP

MICR E13B

:0 1 23"456...7890."

US Currency

F01840626D

CHAPTER 18: NUMERIC BARCODES

18.1 Cancel

To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Cancel

18.2 Numeric Barcodes

For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered barcode(s).

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

0

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

1

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

2

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

4

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

3

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and repeating patterns

5

Black and white barcode image with vertical bars of varying widths

6

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

7

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

8

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

9

CHAPTER 19: ALPHANUMERIC BARCODES

19.1 Cancel

To correct an error or change a selection, scan the following barcode.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Cancel

19.2 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Space

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

\$

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

%

Barcode image with asterisk symbol below it

Barcode image with a plus sign below it

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small '-' symbol at the bottom right.

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

/

Barcode image with a small exclamation mark below it

"

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

&

)

(

;

:

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars and a single 'K' below it

=

Barcode image with vertical black and white bars and an arrow below it

?

@

[

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

]

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

^

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

、

Note: Do not confuse the following barcodes with those on the numeric keypad.

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

0

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

1

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

2

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

3

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

4

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

5

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

6

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

7

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

8

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

9

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

End of Message

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Cancel

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

A

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

B

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

C

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

D

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

E

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

F

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

G

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Q

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

R

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

S

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

T

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

U

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

V

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

W

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

X

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Y

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Z

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

a

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

b

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

c

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

d

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

e

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

f

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

g

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

h

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

i

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

j

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

k

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

1

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

m

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

n

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

0

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

p

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

q

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

r

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

S

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

t

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

u

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

V

Black and white barcode image with vertical bars on both sides

W

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

X

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

y

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Z

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

{

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

|

Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols

}

Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

\~

CHAPTER 20: ASCII CHARACTER SETS

20.1 Introduction

Note: For the Keyboard Wedge Interface, Code 39 Full ASCII interprets the barcode special character ( + % / ) preceding a Code 39 character and assigns an ASCII character value to the pair. For example, if you enable Code 39 Full ASCII and scan +B, it transmits as b, %J as ?, and %V as @. Scanning ABC%I outputs the keystroke equivalent of ABC >.

Table 20-1 ASCII Character Set

ASCII Value (Prefix/Suffix Value)	Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char	Keystroke	ASCII Character (Applies to RS-232 Only)
1000	%U	CTRL 2	NUL
1001	A	CTRL A	SOH
1002	B	CTRL B	STX
1003	C	CTRL C	ETX
1004	D	CTRL D	EOT
1005	E	CTRL E	ENQ
1006	F	CTRL F	ACK
1007	G	CTRL G	BELL
1008	H	CTRL H/BACKSPACE ^1	BCKSPC
1009	I	CTRL I/HORIZONTAL TAB^{1}	HORIZ TAB
1010	J	CTRL J	LF/NW LN
1011	K	CTRL K	VT
1012	L	CTRL L	FF
1013	M	CTRL M/ENTER^{1}	CR/ENTER
1014	N	CTRL N	SO
1015	O	CTRL O	SI
1016	P	CTRL P	DLE
1017	Q	CTRL Q	DC1/XON
1018	R	CTRL R	DC2
1019	S	CTRL S	DC3/XOFF
1020	T	CTRL T	DC4
1021	U	CTRL U	NAK
1022	V	CTRL V	SYN
1023	W	CTRL W	ETB
1024	X	CTRL X	CAN
1025	Y	CTRL Y	EM
1026	Z	CTRL Z	SUB
1027	%A	CTRL [	ESC
1028	%B	CTRL \	FS
1029	%C	CTRL ]	GS
1030	%D	CTRL 6	RS
1031	%E	CTRL -	US
1032	Space	Space	Space
1033	/A	!	!
1034	/B	“	"
1035	/C	#	#
1036	/D
1037	/E	%	%
1038	/F	&	&
1039	/G	‘	‘
1040	/H	(	(
1041	/I	)	)
1042	/J	*	*
1043	/K	+	+
1044	/L	,	,
1045	-	-	-
1046	.	.	.
1047	/o	/	/
1048	0	0	0
1049	1	1	1
1050	2	2	2
1051	3	3	3
1052	4	4	4
1053	5	5	5
1054	6	6	6
1055	7	7	7
1056	8	8	8
1057	9	9	9
1058	/Z	:	:
1059	%F	;	;
1060	%G	<	<
1061	%H	=	=
1062	%I	>	>
1063	%J	?	?
1064	%V	@	@
1065	A	A	A
1066	B	B	B
1067	C	C	C
1068	D	D	D
1069	E	E	E
1070	F	F	F
1071	G	G	G
1072	H	H	H
1073	I	I	I
1074	J	J	J
1075	K	K	K
1076	L	L	L
1077	M	M	M
1078	N	N	N
1079	O	O	O
1080	P	P	P
1081	Q	Q	Q
1082	R	R	R
1083	S	S	S
1084	T	T	T
1085	U	U	U
1086	V	V	V
1087	W	W	W
1088	X	X	X
1089	Y	Y	Y
1090	Z	Z	Z
1091	%K	[	[
1092	%L	\	\
1093	%M	]	]
1094	%N	^	^
1095	%O	-	-
1096	%W	‘	`
1097	+A	a	a
1098	+B	b	b
1099	+C	c	c
1100	+D	d	d
1101	+E	e	e
1102	+F	f	f
1103	+G	g	g
1104	+H	h	h
1105	+I	i	i
1106	+J	j	j
1107	+K	k	k
1108	+L	l	l
1109	+M	m	m
1110	+N	n	n
1111	+O	o	o
1112	+P	p	p
1113	+Q	q	q
1114	+R	r	r
1115	+S	s	s
1116	+T	t	t
1117	+U	u	u
1118	+V	v	v
1119	+W	w	w
1120	+X	x	x
1121	+Y	y	y
1122	+Z	z	z
1123	%P	{	{
1124	%Q	I	|
1125	%R	}	}
1126	%S	~	~
1127			Undefined
7013			ENTER
Nore ^1 : The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

Table 20-2 ALT Key Character Set

ALT Keys	Keystroke
2064	ALT 2
2065	ALT A
2066	ALT B
2067	ALT C
2068	ALT D
2069	ALT E
2070	ALT F
2071	ALT G
2072	ALT H
2073	ALT I
2074	ALT J
2075	ALT K
2076	ALT L
2077	ALT M
2078	ALT N
2079	ALT O
2080	ALT P
2081	ALT Q
2082	ALT R
2083	ALT S
2084	ALT T
2085	ALT U
2086	ALT V
2087	ALT W
2088	ALT X
2089	ALT Y
2090	ALT Z

Table 20-3 GUI Key Character Set

GUI Key	Keystroke
3000	Right Control Key
3048	GUI 0
3049	GUI 1
3050	GUI 2
3051	GUI 3
3052	GUI 4
3053	GUI 5
3054	GUI 6
3055	GUI 7
3056	GUI 8
3057	GUI 9
3065	GUI A
3066	GUI B
3067	GUI C
3068	GUI D
3069	GUI E
3070	GUI F
3071	GUI G
3072	GUI H
3073	GUI I
3074	GUI J
3075	GUI K
3076	GUI L
3077	GUI M
3078	GUI N
3079	GUI O
3080	GUI P
3081	GUI Q
3082	GUI R
3083	GUI S
3084	GUI T
3085	GUI U
3086	GUI V
3087	GUI W
3088	GUI X
3089	GUI Y
3090	GUI Z
Note: GUI Shift Keys - The AppleTM iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key.

Table 20-4 PF Key Character Set

PF Key	Keystroke
4001	PF 1
4002	PF 2
4003	PF 3
4004	PF 4
4005	PF 5
4006	PF 6
4007	PF 7
4008	PF 8
4009	PF 9
4010	PF 10
4011	PF 11
4012	PF 12
4013	PF 13
4014	PF 14
4015	PF 15
4016	PF 16

Table 20-5 F Key Character Set

F Key	Keystroke
5001	F 1
5002	F 2
5003	F 3
5004	F 4
5005	F 5
5006	F 6
5007	F 7
5008	F 8
5009	F 9
5010	F 10
5011	F 11
5012	F 12
5013	F 13
5014	F 14
5015	F 15
5016	F 16
5017	F 17
5018	F 18
5019	F 19
5020	F 20
5021	F 21
5022	F 22
5023	F 23
5024	F 24

Table 20-6 Numeric Key Character Set

Numeric Keypad	Keystroke
6042	*
6043	+
6044	Undefined
6045	-
6046	.
6047	/
6048	0
6049	1
6050	2
6051	3
6052	4
6053	5
6054	6
6055	7
6056	8
6057	9
6058	Enter
6059	Num Lock

Table 20-7 Extended Key Character Set

Extended Keypad	Keystroke
7001	Break
7002	Delete
7003	Pg Up
7004	End
7005	Pg Dn
7006	Pause
7007	Scroll Lock
7008	Backspace
7009	Tab
7010	Print Screen
7011	Insert
7012	Home
7013	Enter
7014	Escape
7015	Up Arrow
7016	Dn Arrow
7017	Left Arrow
7018	Right Arrow

CHAPTER 21: SIGNATURE CAPTURE

21.1 Introduction

CapCode, a signature capture code, is a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows a decoder to capture a signature.

There are several accepted patterns that allow automatic identification of different signatures on the same form. For example, on the federal tax return 1040 form there are three signature areas, one each for two joint filers, and one for a professional preparer. By using different patterns, a program can correctly identify all three, so they can be captured in any sequence and still be identified correctly.

21.2 Code Structure

Signature Capture Area

A CapCode is printed as two identical patterns on either side of a signature capture box, as shown in Figure 4. Each pattern extends the full height of the signature capture box.

The box is optional, so you can omit it, replace it with a single baseline, or print a baseline with an "X" on top of it towards the left, as is customarily done in the US to indicate a request for signature. However, if an "X" or other markings are added in the signature box area, these are captured with the signature.

Figure 4 CapCode

It Cx Me

Signature CapCode Pattern Structure

A CapCode pattern structure consists of a start pattern followed by a separator space, a signature capture box, a second separator space, and then a stop pattern. Assuming that X is the dimension of the thinnest element, the start and stop patterns each contains 9X total width in 4 bars and 3 spaces. A 7X quiet zone is required to the left and to the right of the CapCode pattern.

Figure 5 CapCode Structure

graph LR
    A["Capture Box"] --> B["Start"]
    B --> C["Separator Spaces"]
    C --> D["Stop"]
    D --> E["Quiet Zone"]

The separator spaces on either side of the signature capture box can be between 1X and 3X wide.

21.3 Start / Stop Patterns

Table 21-1 lists the accepted start / stop patterns. The bar and space widths are expressed as multiples of X. You must use the same pattern on either side of a signature capture box. The type value is reported with the captured signature to indicate the purpose of the signature captured.

Table 21-1 Start / Stop Pattern Definitions

Bar/Space Patterns							Type
B	S	B	S	B	S	B
1	1	2	2	1	1	1	2
1	2	2	1	1	1	1	5
2	1	1	2	1	1	1	7
2	2	1	1	1	1	1	8
3	1	1	1	1	1	1	9

Table 21-2 lists selectable parameters used to generate the image of the captured signature.

Table 21-2 User Defined CapCode Parameters

Parameter	Defined
Width	Number of pixels
Height	Number of pixels
Format	JPEG, BMP, TIFF
JPEG quality	1 (most compression) to 100 (best quality)
Bits Per Pixel(not applicable to JPEG format)	1 (2 levels)
	4 (16 levels)
	8 (256 levels)

BMP format does not use compression, JPEG and TIFF formats do.

21.4 Dimensions

The size of the signature capture box is determined by the height and separation of the start and stop patterns. The line width of the signature capture box is insignificant. The thinnest element width, referred to here as X, is nominally 10 mils (1 mil = 0.0254 mm). Select this as an exact multiple of the pixel pitch of the printer used. For example, when using a 203 DPI (dots-per-inch) printer and printing 2 dots per module, the resulting X dimension is 9.85 mils.

21.5 Data Format

The decoder output is formatted according to Table 21-3. decoders allow different user options to output or inhibit barcode type. Selecting "Symbol ID" as the barcode type for output identifies the CapCode with letter "i".

Table 21-3 Data Format

File Format(1 byte)	Type (1 byte)	Image Size(4 bytes, BIG Endian)	Image Data
JPEG – 1BMP – 3TIFF – 4	See Table 21-1, last column		(Same bytes as in a data file.)

21.6 Additional Capabilities

Regardless of how the signature is captured, the output signature image is de-skewed and right-side up. A decoder that captures signatures automatically determines whether it is scanning a signature or a barcode. You can disable the signature capturing capability in a decoder.

21.7 Signature Boxes

Figure 6 illustrates the five acceptable signature boxes.

Figure 6 Acceptable Signature Boxes

Type 2:

Empty rectangular frame with vertical black and white stripes (no text or symbols)

Type 5:

Empty rectangular frame with black vertical stripes on both sides (no text or symbols)

Type 7:

Empty rectangular frame with vertical black lines on both sides (no text or symbols)

Type 8:

Blank rectangular frame with vertical black lines on both sides (no text or symbols)

Type 9:

Empty rectangular frame with black vertical stripes on both sides (no text or symbols)

CHAPTER 22: NON-PARAMETER

ATTRIBUTES (ATTRIBUTE DATA

DICTIONARY)

22.1 Introduction

This chapter defines non-parameter attributes.

22.2 Attributes

Model Number

Attribute #533

Model number of the decoder. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example SE4107-LU000R.

Type S

Size (Bytes) 18

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Serial Number

Attribute #534

Unique serial number assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example M1J26F45V.

Type S

Size (Bytes) 18

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Date of Manufacture

Attribute #535

Date of device manufacture assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example 31OCT18 (which reads the 31st of October 2018).

Type S

Size (Bytes) 7

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Date of First Programming

Attribute #614

Date of first electronic programming represents the first time settings where electronically loaded to the decoder either by 123Scan or via SMS, for example

18MAY17 (which reads the 18th of May 2017).

Type S

Size (Bytes) 7

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Configuration Filename

Attribute #616

The name assigned to the configuration settings loaded electronically to the device either by 123Scan or via SMS.

Note: Scanning the Set Defaults barcode automatically changes the configuration filename to factory defaults.

To indicate the configuration settings loaded to the device were changed, the configuration filename changes to Modified upon scanning any parameter barcode.

Type S

Size (Bytes) 17

User Mode Access RW

Values Variable

Beeper/LED

Attribute #6000

Activates the beeper and/or LED.

Type X

Size (Bytes) N/A

User Mode Access W

Values:

Beep / LED Action Value

1 high short beep 0

2 high short beeps 1

3 high short beeps 2

4 high short beeps 3

5 high short beeps 4

1 low short beep 5

2 low shors beeps 6

3 low short beeps 7

4 low short beeps 8

5 low short beeps 9

1 high long beep 10

2 high long beeps 11

3 high long beeps 12

4 high long beeps 13

5 high long beeps 14

1 low long beep 15

2 low long beeps 16

3 low long beeps 17

4 low long beeps 18

5 low long beeps 19

Fast warble beep 20

Slow warble beep 21

High-low beep 22

Low-high beep 23

High-low-high beep 24

Low-high-low beep 25

High-high-low-low beep 26

Green LED off 42

Green LED on 43

Red LED on 47

Red LED off 48

Parameter Defaults

Attribute #6001

This attribute restores all parameters to their factory defaults.

Type X

Size (Bytes) N/A

User Mode Access W

2 = Write Custom Defaults

Parameter Buffer

Attribute #6002

Retrieves entire parameter buffer.

Type A

Size (Bytes) Variable

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Beep on Next Bootup

Attribute #6003

This attribute configures (enables or disables) beep on next boot up of decoder.

Type X

Size (Bytes) N/A

User Mode Access W

Values 0 = Disable beep on next bootup

1 = Enable beep on next bootup

Reboot

Attribute #6004

This attribute initiates a device reboot.

Type X

Size (Bytes) N/A

User Mode Access W

Values N/A

Host Trigger Session

Attribute #6005

This attribute triggers a decode session similar to manually depressing the decoder trigger button.

Type X

Size (Bytes) N/A

User Mode Access W

Values 1 = Start Host Trigger Session

0 = Stop Host Trigger Session

Firmware Version

Attribute #20004

The decoder's operating system version. For example, NBRFMAAC or

PAAAABS00-007-R03D0.

Type S

Size (Bytes) Variable

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Device Class

Attribute #20007

Description of the device's hardware, for example, Imager or Cordless 2D Imager.

Type S

Size (Bytes) 18

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Scankit Version

Attribute #20008

Identifies the 1D decode algorithms resident on the device, for example

SKIT4.33T02.

Type S

Size (Bytes) Variable

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Combined Firmware Version

Attribute #20009

Reports firmware version of the multiple CPU's on the single product with space delimiters, for example NBRPUAAA NBRPUDAA.

Type S

Size (Bytes) Variable

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

RSM Version

Attribute #20011

Identifies the RSM version resident in the device, for example 2.0.

Type S

Size (Bytes) 3

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Top Level Release Name

Attribute #20012

Returns top level combined image firmware name, for example

CAAABS00-008-R00.

Type S

Size (Bytes) Variable

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

Imagekit Version

Attribute #20013

Identifies the 2D decode package resident in the device, for example

IMGKIT\_4.04T02.

Type S

Size (Bytes) Variable

User Mode Access R

Values Variable

DL Parser Version

Attribute #25011

Type Type Array

Size (Bytes) Variable

Values Variable

DL Parser Activated

Attribute #25012

Type Flag

Size (Bytes) 1

Values 0 = Not Activated

1 = 1 = Activated

ScanSpeed Analytics

Important: Decodes times are only reported for barcodes decoded in hand-held mode.

Identifies problematic barcodes to speed up scanning processes.

ScanSpeed Analytics software allows you to visually identify barcodes that slow down processing and impact efficiency. Over time, the software uses collected data to eliminate poor performing barcodes from inventory.